JVC DIGIPURE HV L34PRO User Manual

COLOUR TELEVISION

HV-L34PRO

HV-L29PRO

Contents

Setting up your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

TV buttons and functions . . . . . . . . 6

Remote control buttons

and functions . . . 8

Using the TV's menu. . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

PICTURE SETTING menu . . . . . 20

PICTURE FEATURES menu . . . 21

SOUND SETTING menu . . . . . . 24

FEATURES menu . . . . . . . . . . . 26

INSTALL menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

DEMO menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Additional preparation . . . . . . . . . . 36

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

INSTRUCTIONS

LCT0959-001B-H

0601-T-AB-NV-JMT

Setting up your TV

CAUTION

• Turn off all the epuipment including the TV

before connecting anything.

Connecting the aerial and VCR

• Aerial cable is not supplied. Use a good

quality 75-ohm coaxial cable.

Fig.A

• Read the manual that came with the VCR

before connecting.

If not connecting a VCR (see fig.A) :

Connect an aerial cable to the aerial socket

on this TV .

Back of the TV

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

If connecting a VCR (see fig.B) :

1 Connect the aerial cable to the aerial

input socket on the VCR, and

connect the VCR and TV with

another aerial cable.

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

R AUDIO L/MONO

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

2 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT

(video output) jack and the TV's

VIDEO jack with a video cable.

AV COMPULINK

To connect a VCR to the TV with an S-VIDEO

cable:

Fig.B

Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO

output) connector and TV's S connector with an S-

VIDEO cable, instead of connecting with a video

cable A .

Back of the TV

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

3 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT

(audio L/R output) jacks and the TV's

AUDIO jacks (L/MONO and R) with

an audio cable.

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

AUDIO L/MONO

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

AV COMPULINK

• If the VCR's audio output is in mono, connect

the VCR's AUDIO OUT (audio output) jack

and the TV's AUDIO L/MONO jack with an

audio cable.

• You can use the AV COMPU LINK function if

your VCR has an AV COMPU LINK terminal.

For details, see “Connecting AV COMPU LINK

Supported Devices” on page 38.

Setting up your TV

2 Connecting the power cord

Connect the mains plug to the AC outlet.

3 Putting the batteries into the

Remote control

Use two AA/R6 batteries.

Insert the batteries from the

end, making sure the

and polaritiles are correct.

• Follow the warnings printed on the batteries.

• If the remote control does not work properly,

replace the batteries.

• The batteries we supply are only for setting up

and testing your TV. Please replace them as soon

as necessary.

4 MakIng the initial settings

When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial

setting mode, and the JVC logo is displayed.

1 Press the main power button on the TV

The TV is turned on, and the JVC logo appears.

• If the power lamp on the TV lights red and does

not change to green, your TV is in the standby

mode. Press the POWER button on the remote

control to turn the TV on.

SPATIALIZER ECO POWER

• If the JVC logo does not appear, your TV has

already been turned before .In this case,use the

"LANGUAGE" and "AUTO PROGRAM" functions

to make the initial settings. For details, see

"INSTALL" on page 29.

POWER lamp

Main power button

2 Press the MENU/OK button

The LANGUAGE menu appears. You can choose

a language for the on-screen language.

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

Setting up your TV

3 Press the

buttons to choose

POWER

TV/VIDEO

ENGLISH. Then press the MENU/OK

button.

PICTURE

MODE

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.

The TV channels you receive are automaticlly

stored in the programme numbers list.

AUTO PROGRAM

20%

RETURN

:OK

DISP

:BACK

MULTI

• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function, press

the DISPLAY button.

MUTING

4 After the TV channels have been

stored in the programme number (PR)

list, the EDIT menu appears.

EDIT

PIP

SUB-P

CH/CC

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

MENU/

:OK

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

:EXIT

:BACK

MOVE

DISP

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

TV/TEXT

• You can proceed to edit the programme

numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL function.

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SIZE

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

• If a TV cannel you want to view is not stored in

the programme numbers list, you can register it

using the MANUAL function.

TEXT

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.

• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not store a

TV channel to the programme number 0 (AV).

• If you do not need to use the EDIT/MANUAL

function, press the MENU/OK button to close the

EDIT menu.

Now, setting up is complete.

Please enjoy your new JVC TV!

TV buttons and functions

Turn the main power on

Press the main power button 1 .

The POWER lamp 2 lights red and your TV is

in the standby mode.

To turn the main power off :

press the main power button again.

The POWER lamp 2 goes off.

Turn the TV on from standby

mode

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .

The POWER lamp 2 lights red to green and

your TV will be turned on.

SPATIALIZER ECO POWER

• You can also turn on the TV by pressing the

TV/VIDEO button 3 while it is in standby

mode.

8 2

Choose a TV channel

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .

Choose a VIDEO terminal

Press the TV/VIDEO button 3 or

CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .

Adjust the volume

Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons 4 .

The volume level indicater appears.

MENU button 6

Press to open the menu.

For details, see "Operation with the buttons on

the TV" on page 19.

(Behind the cover)

OVER

L/MONO

CHANEL

VOLUME TV/VIDEO

EXIT

IN (VIDEO-4)

Remote control sensor

and ECO sensor 9

6 5 4 3

ECO lamp 7

If you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

function to ON or DISPLAY, the ECO lamp lights.

SPATIALIZER lamp 8

If you set the SPATIALIZER function to MONO

or LIVE,the SPATIALIZER lamp lights.

TV buttons and functions

Headphone jack 0

Connect the headphones with a stereo

mini-jack (3.5mm in diameter).

When using the headphones, follow the

operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on

page 25.

VIDEO-1 terminal =

• See page 3 and 36.

UDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

UDIO

R ^AL/MONO

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

VIDEO-2 terminal ~

• See page 36.

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT

terminal !

AUDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

• See page 28 and 36.

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

R ^AUDL^I/^OMONO

VIDEO-4 terminal -

• See page 36.

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

OUTPUT terminal @

• See page 36.

AV COMPU LINK

Aerial socket #

Connect the aerial cable.

• See page 3.

AV COMPU LINK terminal $

• See page 36 and 38.

Remote control buttons and functions

Turn the TV on from standby mode

Press the POWER button.

The POWER lamp lights red to green and your TV will be

turned on.

POWER

TV/VIDEO

PICTURE

MODE

• You can turn on the TV from the standby mode by

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

pressing the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL -/+

buttons or the number buttons.

To turn the TV off:

Press the POWER button again.

The POWER lamp changes from green to red and the TV

enters standby mode.

RETURN

Choose a TV channel

MULTI

Choose a programme number in which a TV channel has

been set.

MUTING

Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons or enter the

programme number (PR) with the number

buttons.

• If you want to put a two-digit channel into the TV,

press the -/--button to change to the two-digit entry

system.

PIP

SUB-P

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

• You can select a channel from the PR LIST. For

details, see "DISPLAY button" on page 11.

MENU/

• If you do not have a clear picture or no colour

appears, follow the operation procedure "COLOUR

SYSTEM button" on page 11.

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

TV/TEXT

Adjust the volume

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SIZE

Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons.

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

• You cannot adjust the volume of your headphones.

Follow the operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on

page 25.

TEXT

Watch images from external devices

Choose a VIDEO terminal to which the external device

has been connected.

Press the TV/VIDEO button.

• You can choose a VIDEO terminal with the CHANNEL

-/+ buttons or from the PR LIST.

To return to a TV channel:

Press the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL-/+ buttons or

the number buttons.

Remote control buttons and functions

16:9

MUTING button

This mode converts a normal picture (4:3

aspect ratio) into a Wide picture (16:9 as-

pect ratio).

Press the MUTING button to turn off

the volume. Pressing the MUTING

button again resumes the previous

volume level.

ZOOM button

You can change the screen size according to the

picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum one

from the following ZOOM modes.

• Use for picture with a 16:9 aspect

ratio that have been squeezed into a

normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio), you

can restore their original demensions.

Press the ZOOM button to choose a

mode.

SPATIALIZER button

You can enjoy Surround sound with a

"live" effect by using the SPATIALIZER

function.

• If you press the ZOOM button when

receiving the Progressive Video Signal (525P

signal), “525P” appears on the screen and

the ZOOM function does not operate.

Press the SPATIALIZER button to

choose a mode.

REGULAR

Use to view a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) as

its original size is.

LIVE :

Live allows you to enjoy normal stereo

sound converting it into surround sound

with added depth and ambience.

MONO :

ZOOM

Mono allows you to enjoy normal

monaural sound by converting it into a

stereo-like sound.

You can zoom up the Wide picture (16:9 aspect

ratio) to fill the TV screen.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

• The LIVE mode works properly only

with stereo sound.

• The left side and right side of the Wide

picture (16:9 aspect ratio) will be cut off.

• The LIVE mode does not work

correctly with headphones.

• The MONO mode works properly only

with monaural sound.

The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under

lisense from Desper Products,Inc.

Remote control buttons and functions

To register a TV channel as the

"Return Channel" :

BASS button

You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by

using the SUPER BASS(Super Bass Reflex)

function.

Choose the Programme number to which

the channel you want to register has been

set, and press the RETURN+ button and

hold for more than 3 seconds continuously.

"RETURN PLUS PROGRAMMED!" is

displayed and the registration is com-

pleted.

Press the BASS button to turn the

SUPER BASS function on or off.

ON :

This function is turned on.

To cancel register a TV channel as the

"Return Channel" :

OFF :

This function is turned off.

while viewing any TV channel, press the

RETURN+ button and hold for more than 3

seconds continuously. "RETURN PLUS

CANCELED!" is displayed and the regist-

ration is cancelled.

PICTURE MODE button

You can choose one of three PICTURE

MODEs (three kinds of picture setting) to

adjust the picture settings automatically.

• When you turn off the TV, the

registration for the "Return Channel" is

cancelled.

Press the PICTURE MODE button

choose a mode.

• If you want to view the "Return Channel"

and another TV channel alternately, first

choose a channel other than the

"Return Channel". and then press the

RETURN+ button to change the

channel to the "Return Channel" In this

way, you can view two channels

alternately by pressing the RETURN+

button.

BRIGHT :

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

STANDARD :

Standardizes picture adjustment.

SOFT :

Softens contrast and sharpness.

RETURN function :

The TV temporarily memorises the TV

channel that was choosen right before the

current TV channel as the "Last Channel".

By pressing the RETUTN+ button, you can

alternately view the current TV channel and

the "Last Channel".

RETURN+ button

The RETURN+ button has two functions;

the RETURN+ function and the RETURN

function. If a channel has been registerd as

the "Return Channel", the RETURN+

function operates. If there is no setting for

the "Return Channel", the RETURN

function operates.

• If you want to view two channels

alternately by using the RETURN

function, first choose one TV channel

and then choose the other TV channel

with the Number buttons. If you choose

the TV channel without using the

Number buttons, there are cases where

a channel other than the one you first

chose is registered as the "Last

Channel".

RETURN+ function :

By registering a channel you frequently

view as the "Return Channel", you can

select that channel at any time simply by

pressing the RETURN+ button.

Remote control buttons and functions

/ button

Choose a TV channel or a

VIDEO terminal

1 Press the DISPLAY button to

When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast

programme, you can choose the sound from

Bilingual I (Sub I) or Bilingual II (Sub II). When

the stereo broadcasting is received poorly,

you can change from stereo to mono sound

so that you can hear the broadcast more

clearly and easily.

display the PR LIST.

2 Press the

and

buttons

to choose a programme number

or VIDEO terminal.

Then press the MENU/OK

button.

Press the

choose a sound mode.

/ button to

• For programme numbers with the

CHANNEL GUARD function set, the

(CHANNEL GUARD) mark is displayed

next to the programme number in the PR

LIST.

: Stereo sound

: mono sound

: Bilingual I (sub I)

: Bilingual II (sub II)

• The VIDEO terminals are registered after

the programme number PR99.

MONO : Cancels the Multi Sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• The sound mode you can choose differs

depending on the TV programme.

COLOUR SYSTEM button

The colour system is chosen automatically.

However, if the picture is not clear or no

colour appears, choose the colour system

manually.

• This function does not work in the VIDEO

modes.

Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button

to choose the appropriate colour

system.

DISPLAY button

You can display the PR LIST, programme

number or VIDEO terminal number on the

screen.

AUTO :

Press the DISPLAY button.

Press the DISPLAY button changes the

display as follows:

This function detects a colour system from

the input signal.

• The AUTO mode may not function

properly if you have poor signal quality.

If the picture is abnormal in the AUTO

mode, choose another colour system

manually.

PR LIST

• The AUTO mode detects a colour system

from the input signal and chooses the

appropiate colour system automatically.

No indication

:OK

:EXIT

• When changing the COLOUR SYSTEM of

the SUB-picture, see "Change the colour

system of the SUB-picture" on page 15

for details.

-10

+10

Remote control buttons and functions

• You can only use the AUTO mode

BROADCASTING SYSTEMS

For sound sysytem colour system in your country

or rigion, refer to the table below.

when you are viewing a picture from

the programme number PR 0 (AV), or

a VIDEO terminal.

COLOUR SYSTEM

• You cannot choose NTSC 3.58 or

NTSC 4.43 for programme numbers

PR 0 (AV) to PR 99.

Area

Country or Region

System

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,

Thailand, India, etc.

PAL

• For the colour systems in each

country or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on

page 12.

Asia,

China, Vietnam, etc

Hong Kong, etc

PAL

Middle

East

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,

Saudi Arabia, etc.

SECAM

SOUND SYSTEM button

The sound system is chosen automati-

cally. However, if you cannot hear the

sound normally even when the picture

appers normally, chooes the sound

system maunually.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

Russia, etc

Czech Republic, Poland, etc

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc

UK, etc

Europe

PAL

Press the SOUND SYSTEM

button to choose the appropriate

sound system.

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc

Republic of South Africa, etc

Africa

Nigeria, etc

PAL

Egypt, Morocco, etc

SECAM

B/G : B/G system

: I system

SOUND SYSTEM

D/K : D/K system

Area

Country or Region

System

: M system

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,

Thailand, India, etc.

B/G

• This function does not work in the

VIDEO mode.

Asia,

Middle

East

China, Vietnam, etc

Hong Kong, etc

D/K

• For the sound systems in each

country or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on

page 12.

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,

Saudi Arabia, etc.

B/G

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc

Russia, etc

D/K

B/G

Czech Republic, Poland, etc

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc

UK, etc

Europe

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc

Republic of South Africa, etc

B/G

Africa

Nigeria, etc

B/G

Egypt, Morocco, etc

Remote control buttons and functions

• If you press the STROBE button when

receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the

screen and the STROBE function does

not operate.

FREEZE button

You can view the Main picture's forzen image

as the SUB-picture.

Press the FREEZE button.

• You cannot change the TINT setting for

the still images on the screen even if

you are viewing a programme with

NTSC colour system.

Still pictures

MAIN

To cancel the FREEZE function :

Press the FREEZE button again.

Using the MULTI

function

You can display multi-pictures that enable

you to easily find a program you want to

view.

• You cannot use the FREEZE button when

the SUB-picture or the MAIN-picture are

displayed on the screen.

• If you press the FREEZE button when

receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the

screen and the FREEZE function does

not operate.

1 Press the MULTI button.

Press the MULTI button changes the

display as follow:

5-pictures multi mode

STROBE button

Still

pictures

You can view the MAIN-picture as 15

consecutive still images.

MAIN

Press the STROBE button.

Moving

picture

16-pictures multi mode

Still

pictures

Moving

picture

Moving

picture

To cancel the STROBE function:

Press the STROBE button to return to the

MAIN-picture.

• If signal level of the MAIN-picture is

weak, the still images become abnormal.

Cancel the MULTI function

• You cannot use the STROBE button

when the SUB-picture or the MAIN-

picture are displayed on the screen.

To display next Multi pictures :

Press the NEXT button.

Remote control buttons and functions

2 Choose the desired picture with

Using the PIP function

You can view two pictures (MAIN and SUB) at

the

and

buttons, and

then press the MENU/OK button.

the same time.

The screen switches to the TV channel or

VIDEO mode of your choice.

Press the PIP button.

Press the PIP button changes the display as

follows:

• Any programme numbers to which no TV

channel has been registered, or

programme numbers to which

CHANNEL GUARD has been set is not

displayed.

Twin pictures mode

• You cannot perform menu operations

such as headphone volume adjustment.

Cancel the MULTI function once to

perform menu operations.

MAIN

SUB

• If you press the MULTI button when

receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal), “525P” appears on the

screen and the MULTI function does not

operate.

Picture in picture mode

SUB

MAIN

• During the short period that is required

for the Multi-pictures display to close no

sound comes from the television.

Cancel the PIP function

• You cannot view a picture from the same

programme number (or the same VIDEO

terminal) as both the MAIN-picture and

the SUB-picture at the same time.

• If the MAIN-picture signal is poor, then the

quality of the SUB-picture may also be

poor.

• If the picture standards of both pictures

are different, the top and bottom or one of

them may be missing.

• The ZOOM function does not operate

when viewing pictures using the PIP

function.

• The SUB-picture cannot be output from

TV.

• If you press the PIP button when receiving

the Progressive Video Signal (525P

signal), “525P” appears on the screen

and the PIP function does not operate.

Remote control buttons and functions

Choose a TV channel for

the SUB-picture

Press the SUB-P -/+ button.

POSITION button

You can adjust the position of the SUB-

Picture when using the Picture in picture

mode.

Press the POSITION button

repeatedly.

Each time you press the button, the SUB-

Picture moves counterclockwise.

Listen to the sound of SUB-

picture

You can listen to the sound of SUB-picture on

your headphones while listening to the sound

of MAIN-picture on the TV speakers.

For details, see "HEADPHONE" on page 25.

Change the colour system

of the SUB-picture

1 While the SUB-picture is dis-

played, press the MENU/OK

button to display the MENU

(main manu).

SWAP button

You can replace the MAIN-picture and the

SUB-picture with each other.

2 Press the

buttons to

choose COLOUR SYSTEM, and

then press the MENU/OK button.

Press the SWAP button.

COLOUR SYSTEM

MAIN

SUB

NTSC 3.58

AUTO

:OK

:EXIT

:BACK

DISP

3 Press the

choose SUB, and then press the

buttons to choose the

buttons to

• Do not press the SWAP button while you

are recording the TV output on the VCR.

If you do, the output signal will change.

appropriate colour system. Then

press the MENU/OK button.

• You cannot change the COLOUR

SYSTEM of the SUB-picture using the

COLOUR SYSTEM button on the remote

control.

Remote control buttons and functions

Viewing a teletext

programme

1 Choose a TV channel with a

teletext broadcast.

HOLD button

You can hold a teletext page on the screen

for as long as you want, even while several

other teletext pages are being received.

Press the HOLD button.

2 Press the TV/TEXT button.

The

(hold) are displayed at the top left

Press the TV/TEXT button changes the

mode as follows:

of the screen.

To cancel the Hold function:

Press the HOLD button again.

REVEAL button

Some teletext pages include hidden text

(such as answers to a quiz).

TV mode

TV and

Text mode

You can display the hidden text.

Each time you press the REVEAL

button, text is hidden or revealed.

SIZE button

Text mode

You can double the height of teletext

display.

3 Choose a teletext page by

pressing the CHANNEL-/+

buttons, number buttons or

coloured buttons.

Press the SIZE button.

INDEX button

You can return to the index page instantly.

To return to the TV mode:

Press the TV/TEXT button or TV/VIDEO

button.

Press the INDEX button.

• In the List mode, you can return to the

page number displayed in the lower left

area of the screen.

• If you have trouble receiving tetetext

broadcasts, consult your local dealer or

the broadcast station.

CANCEL button

You can serch for a teletext page while

watching TV.

• In the Text mode, the ZOOM mode is

fixed to the REGULAR mode.

• No menu operations are possible when

viewing a teletext programme.

1 Press the number button to

enter a page number, or press

the coloured button.

• If characters on a teletext programme do

not appear properly, change the

TELETEXT LANGUAGE setting. For

details, see “TELETEXT LANGUAGE” on

page 34.

The TV searches for a teletext page.

Remote control buttons and functions

2 Press the CANCEL button.

Using the List mode

You can store the numbers of your favourite

teletext pages in memory and call them up

quickly using the coloured buttons.

The TV programme appears. When the

TV finds the teletext page, its page

number appears in the upper left of the

screen.

To store the page numbers :

1 Press the MODE button to

engage the List mode.

3 Press the CANCEL button to

return to a teletext page when

the page number is on the

screen.

The stored page numbers are displayed

at the buttom of the screen.

• You cannot return to the TV mode with

the CANCEL button.

2 Press a coloured button to

choose a position. Then press

the number buttons to enter the

page number.

SUBPAGE button

Some teletext pages include sub-pages that

are automatically displayed. You can hold

any sub-page, or veiw it at any time.

3 Press and hold down the

STORE button.

1 Press the SUBPAGE button to

operate the Sub-page function.

The four page numbers blink white to

indicate that they are stored in memory.

Sub-page numbers are displayed at the

left of the screen.

To call up a stored page :

1 Press the MODE button to

engage the List mode.

2 Press a coloured button to

which a page has been as-

signed.

Colour*

Yellow

White

Meaning of sub-page number

Currently being displayed.

Can be displayed.

Cannot be displayed and

it is not sent.

Blue or Red

* : Background color of the sub-page

number.

To exit the List mode :

Press the MODE button again.

2 Press the

buttons to

choose a sub-page number.

To cancel the Sub-page function:

Press the SUBPAGE button again.

Using the TV's menu

This TV has a number of functions you can operate using menus.

To fully utilize all your TV's functions, you need to understand the basic menu operating

techniques fully.

Basic operation

POWER

TV/VIDEO

1 Press the MENU/OK button to display

PICTURE

MODE

the MENU (main menu).

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

PICTURE SETTING

PICTURE FEATURES

SOUND SETTING

FEATURES

INSTALL

DEMO

:OK

RETURN

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

MULTI

• The display appearing at the bottom of a menu

indicates buttons on the remote control you

can use when you operate a chosen function.

MUTING

MENU/OK button

TV/VIDEO button

DISPLAY button

PIP

SUB-P

DISP.

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

MENU/

2 Press the

buttons and

choose a menu title, and press the

MENU/OK button.

The menu appears.

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

To return to the previous menu:

TV/TEXT

Press the DISPLAY button.

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SIZE

To exit a menu instantly:

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

Press the TV/VIDEO button.

TEXT

3 Press the

function.

buttons to choose a

• For details of the functions in the menus, see

the following pages.

Using the TV's menu

4 Press the

buttons to

choose the setting of that func-

tion.

• If you want to operate a function which

appears only with its name, follow the

descriptions of that function on the

following pages.

• The display appearing at the bottom of a

menu shows you a button on the remote

control that you can use when you

operate a chosen function.

5 Press the MENU/OK button to

comple the setting.

The menu disappears.

• When watching the television with the

NTSC system, the menus ae displayed at

about half of their normal verical size.

Operation with the

buttons on the TV

You can also operate the menus using the

buttons on the front panel of the TV.

button

TV/VIDEO

button

buttons

CHANEL

VOLUME TV/VIDEO

EXIT

• There is no button on the front panel of

the TV that has the function of the

DISPLAY or coloured buttons.

Using the TV's menu

PICTURE SETTING menu

SHARP

You can adjust the picture sharpness.

PICTURE SETTING

: softer

: sharper

PICTURE MODE

CONTRAST

STANDARD

BRIGHT

SHARP

COLOUR

• You cannot select the SHARP function

when receiving the Progressive Video

Signal (525P signal).

TINT

WHITE BALANCE

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

MID

:OK

RESET

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

COLOUR

You can adjust the picture colour.

: lighter

: deeper

PICTURE MODE

You can choose one of three PICTURE

MODEs to adjust the picture settings

automatically.

TINT

You can adjust the picture tint.

: reddish

BRIGHT:

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

: greenish

STANDARD:

Standardizes picture adjustment.

• You can change the TINT setting (picture

tint) only when the colour system is

NTSC 3.58 or NTSC 4.43.

SOFT:

• You cannot select the TINT function when

receiving the Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal).

Softens contrast and sharpness.

• You can also operate the PICTURE

MODE function with the PICTURE MO-

DE button on the remote control.

For details, see "PICTURE MODE button"

on page 10.

To return to the default settings

in each PICTURE MODE :

Press the blue button. Returns the picture

settings in the currently chosen PICTURE

MODE mode to the default settings, and

stores them in the PICTURE MODE again.

Adjusting the picture

You can change the picture settings of each

picture mode as you like. The picture settings

changed are stored in the picture mode.

WHITE BALANCE

You can select one of three WHITE BAL-

ANCE modes (three tones of white) to adjust

the white balance of the picture. Since white

is the colour which is used as a refernce for

all the other colours, changing the WHITE

BALANCE mode affects the appearance of

all the other colours on the screen.

CONTRAST

You can adjust the picture contrast.

: lower

: higer

BRIGHT

You can adjust the picture brighetness.

COOL:

A bluish white. Using this mode when

watching bright pictures allows you to enjoy

a more vivid and bright picture.

: darker

: brighter

Using the TV's menu

MID:

PICTURE FEATURES menu

The normal white colour.

PICTURE FEATURES

WARM:

DIGITAL VNR

DigiPure

AUTO

PULL DOWN

COLOUR SYSTEM

ZOOM

A raddish white. Using this mode when

watching films allows you to enjoy colours

that are characteristic of films.

PICTIRE TILT

:OK

:EXIT

• You cannot select the WHITE BALANCE

function in the Twin pictures mode or the

16:9 mode of the ZOOM function.

DISP

:BACK

DIGITAL VNR

The DIGITAL VNR function cuts down the

amount of noise in the original picture.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

When you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR

function to ON, the screen contrast is auto-

matically adjusted to a setting suitable for the

brightness of your room. This reduces eye

strain for you and the power consumption of

the TV.

• You cannot select the DIGITAL VNR

function when receiving the Progressive

Video Signal (525P signal).

AUTO:

The TV will be automatically adjust the level

of the DIGITAL VNR effect to match the

amount of noise in the picture, giving you the

best possible picture.

ON :

This function is turned on.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

• If you set the DIGITAL VNR effect too

high it can make the picture less sharp.

It is recommended to use the AUTO

setting if you can.

DISPLAY :

This function is turned on. Further, clover

marks indicating the brightness of your

room are displayed for several seconds each

time the brightness changes. The number of

clover marks displayed on the screen

MAX:

The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to

the maximum. If you set the DIGITAL VNR

function to AUTO but still notice some noise,

change the setting from AUTO to MAX.

increases as your room becomes darker.

• The MAX setting is not suitable for high-

quality pictures which contain a lot of

noise.

MIN:

The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to

the minimun. If you set the DIGITAL VNR

function to AUTO but feel that the sharpness

of the original picture has not been

reproduced fully, change the setting from

AUTO to MIN.

• The MIN setting is not suitable for low-

quality pictures which contain a lot of

noise.

Using the TV's menu

MIN:

DigiPure

The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the

minimun. When you set the DigiPure function

to AUTO and notice some noise, change the

setting from AUTO to MIN.

The Digipure function uses the latest in

digital technology to give you a natural

looking picture. The Digipure function

includes the following two functions.

• The MIN setting is not suitable for high-

quality pictures which contain very little

noise.

Digipure function:

This function helps to create a natural looking

picture by eliminating unnecessary edges

from high-contrast and crisp images.

Conversely, for images with low-contrast,

edges are added to produce a sharper, more

detailed picture.

OFF:

The DigiPure function is turned off.

PULL DOWN

The PULL DOWN function displays a cinema

film picture more smoothly and naturally on

the screen.

You can choose from the DigiPure function

settings of AUTO,MIN and MAX.

Picture motion compensation

function:

This function displays fast-moving pictures

(for example, the players or ball in a football

game) more smoothly and naturally on the

screen.

AUTO:

This function is turned on. Normally keep this

function set to AUTO.

OFF:

This function is turned off.

• You cannot select the Digipure function

when receiving the Progressive Video

Signal (525P signal).

• The motion may appear unnatural when

viewing images with the NTSC colour

system. To make the motion smoother,

switch the PULL DOWN function from

AUTO to OFF.

AUTO:

The TV will automatically adjust the level of

the DigiPure effect to match the amount of

noise in the picture, giving the best possible

picture.

• You cannot select this function in the

Twin pictures mode or the Picture in

picture mode.

• If you set the DigiPure effect too high on

a low-quality picture that contains a lot of

noise, this may actually make the noise

worse. It is recommended to use the

AUTO setting if you can.

MAX:

The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the

maximum. If you set the DigiPure function to

AUTO but feel that the original picture quality

has not been reproduced fully, change the

setting from AUTO to MAX.

• The MAX setting is not suitable for low-

quality pictures which contain a lot of

noise.

Using the TV's menu

COLOUR SYSTEM

The colour system is chosen automatically.

However, if the picture is not clear or no

colour appears, choose the colour system

manually.

ZOOM

You can change the screen size according to

the picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum

one of three ZOOM modes.

1 Choose ZOOM, then press the

1 Choose COLOUR SYSTEM, then

press the MENU/OK button.

MENU/OK button.

ZOOM

REGULAR

ZOOM

COLOUR SYSTEM

16:9

PAL

:OK

:EXIT

:OK

DISP

:BACK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

2 Press the

buttons to

2 Press the

buttons to choose

choose a ZOOM mode. Then

the appropriate colour system.

Then press the MENU/OK

button.

• When changing to the COLOUR

SYSTEM of the SUB-picture, see

"Change the colour system of the SUB-

picture" on page 15 for details.

press the MENU/OK button.

The picture expands and the chosen

ZOOM mode is displayed in about 5

seconds.

• You can choose a ZOOM mode from

REGULAR, ZOOM or 16:9 modes. For

details, see " ZOOM button " on page 9.

• You can also operate the COLOUR

SYSTEM function with the COLOUR SYS-

TEM button on the remote control.

For details, see "COLOUR SYSTEM

button" on page 11.

• You cannot select the ZOOM function

when receiving the Progressive Video

Signal (525P signal).

PICTURE TILT

There are cases where the Earth's magnetic

force may make the picture tilt. If this

happens, you can correct the picture tilt.

1 Choose PICTURE TILT, then

press the MENU/OK button.

PICTURE TILT

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

2 Press the

buttons until the

picture becomes level. Then

press the MENU/OK button.

Using the TV's menu

SOUND SETTING menu

BALANCE

You can adjust the volume balance between

the left and right speakers.

SOUND SETTING

MONO

STEREO/

BASS

TREBLE

: turn the left speaker's volume level up.

: turn the right speaker's volume level up.

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

BBE

SPATIALIZER

SUPER BASS

HEADPHONE

LIVE

AI VOLUME

:OK

You can prevent the sudden increase or

decrease of sound that occurs when

changing the channel to another channel or

switching the VIDEO mode to another VIDEO

mode.

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

STEREO / I•II

When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast

programme, you can choose the sound from

Bilingual I (sub I) or Bilingual II (sub II). When

the stereo broadcasting is received poorly,

you can change from stereo to mono sound

so that you can hear the broadcast more

clearly and easily.

ON :

This function is turned on.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

• The AI VOLUME fnction for TV mode and

VIDEO mode can be set separetely.

For example, you can set it to be OFF in

TV mode and ON in VIDEO mode.

If you set the AI VOLUME function while

viewing images from a VIDEO terminal,

the setting is registered as the setting for

VIDEO mode.

: Stereo sound

: mono sound

: Bilingual I (sub I)

: Bilingual II (sub II)

MONO: Cancels the Multi Sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• The AI VOLUME fnction may not operate

as expected if the sound input level from

a broadcast station (or video software) is

extremely low.

• The sound mode you can choose differs

depending on the TV programme.

• This function does not work in the VIDEO

modes.

BBE

You can use the BBE function to enjoy easy-

to-listen sound that is faithful to the original

sound recorded.

Adjusting the sound

You can adjust the sound to your liking.

ON :

BASS

This function is turned on.

You can adjust the low tone of the sound.

: weaker

: stronger

OFF :

This function is turned off.

Licenced by BBE Sound, inc. BBE

is a registered trademark of BBE

Sound, inc.

TREBLE

You can adjust the high tone of the sound.

: weaker

: stronger

Using the TV's Menu

TV SPEAKER:

SPATIALIZER

You can enjoy Surround sound with a "live"

effect by using the SPATIALIZER function.

You can choose one of two SPATIALIZER

modes.

When this function is on, the TV’s speaker

does not shut off the sound even if head-

phones are connected.

If you set this function to off, the TV’s speaker

does not put out the sound when the

headphones are connected.

• You can choose a SPATIALIZER mode

from LIVE, MONO or OFF modes.

For details, see " SPATIALIZER button "

on page 9.

OUTPUT:

You can choose the sound from the MAIN-

picture(MAIN) or the SUB-picture(SUB) when

using the headphones.

The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under

lisense from Desper Products,Inc.

• The TV’s speaker does not put out the

sound from the SUB-picture.

SUPER BASS

You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by

using the Super Bass (Super Bass Reflex)

function.

• The sound of the SUB-picture is mono

only. You cannot use the STEREO/I·II

function for the sound of the SUB-picture.

ON :

This function is turned on.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

HEADPHONE

This function enables you to output the TV’s

sound from your headphones.

1 Choose HEADPHONE, then

press MENU/OK button.

HEADPHONE

VOLUME

TV SPEAKER

OUTPUT

MAIN

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

2 Use the

and the

button to select,

button to set the

HEADPHONE function. Then

press the MENU/OK button.

VOLUME :

You can adjust the volume of the sound

output from your headphones.

Using the TV's menu

FEATURES menu

BLUE BACK

You can set the TV to automatically change

to a blue screen and mute the sound if the

signal is weak or absent, or when there is no

input from an external device.

FEATURES

SLEEP TIMER

BLUE BACK

CHILD LOCK

CHANNEL GUARD

AUTO SHUTOFF

OFF

VIDEO-3 SETTING

COMPONENT

ON :

:OK

This function is turned on.

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

OFF:

This function is turned off.

SLEEP TIMER

You can set the TV to automatically turn off

after a set time.

CHILD LOCK

You can disable the front control buttons of

the TV. When this function is set to ON, the

TV can be operated only by using the remoto

control.

1 Choose SLEEP TIMER, then

press the MENU/OK button.

Use this function to prevent children from

operating the TV at their own discretion

(without parent consent).

SLEEP TIMER

OFF

ON :

:OK

This function is turned on.

:EXIT

:BACK

DISP

OFF:

This function is turned off.

2 Press the

buttons to set the

period of time.

The TV begins count down from the set

time.

CHANNEL GUARD

When there is a TV channel you do not want

your children to watch, you can lock out the

channel. Even when a child chooses a

programme number for a locked out channel

the screen will change to blue and display

so the channel cannot be viewed.

• You can set the period of time a

maximum of 120 minutes (2 hours) in 10

minitue steps.

To cancel this function:

Press the button to set a period of time to

"OFF".

To set this function

1 Choose CHANNEL GUARD, then

3 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the setting.

press the number 0 (AV) button.

The menu disappers.

SET ID NO.

0000

• One minute before this function turns off

the TV, "GOOD NIGHT!" appears.

:OK

• This function cannot be used to turn off

the TV's main power.

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

• When this function is on, you can display

the SLEEP TIMER menu again to confirm

or change the remaining time.

Using the TV’s menu

2 Set the ID number you want.

To view a locked TV

channel

To choose a number:

Press the

buttons.

1 Choose a programme number in

which a TV channel locked with

the number buttons or PR LIST.

To move a cursor:

Press the

buttons.

The screen changes to blue and the

(CHANNEL GUARD) appears.

3 Press the MENU/OK button.

CHANNEL GUARD

CH / CC

• You cannot choose a locked TV channel

with the

buttons.

GUARD

:OK

2 Press the DISPLAY button to

display " ID NO. " (ID unmber

input screen).

:EXIT

:BACK

DISP

4 Press the

buttons to

choose a TV channel.

• The TV shows the TV programme which

the chosen TV channel is now

broadcasting.

ID NO.:

3 Press the number buttons to

enter the ID number.

5 Press the blue button to set this

function to the TV channel.

The lock is temporarily released so you

can view the TV channel.

(CHANNEL GUARD) appears and the

TV channel is locked.

If you have forgotten the ID number:

To cancel this function:

Perform step 1 of "To set this function".

After confirming the ID number, press the

TV/VIDEO button to exit the menu.

Press the blue button again.

(CHANNEL GUARD) disappears and

the lock is released.

• When you would like to cancel the

CHANNEL GUARD function, you must

perform the operation " To set this

function" again.

6 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the setting.

The menu disappears.

Using the TV's menu

AUTO SHUTOFF

You can set your TV to turn off if no signal are

received for about 15 minutes or longer after

the end of a broadcast.

ON :

This function is turned on.

OFF :

This function is turned off.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not

turn off the TV's main power.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a

VIDEO mode.

VIDEO-3 SETTING

Set the VIDEO-3 SETTING correctly accord-

ing to the video signal input from the external

device connected to the VIDEO-3 terminal. If

this setting is incorrect, images will not be

displayed.

VIDEO :

If a normal video signal (composite video

signal) is input.

COMPONENT :

If a Component video signal (Y/C^B/C^R

signals) is input.

• For detailed connecting methods, see

" Additional preparation " on page 36.

• This Television is compatible with the

Progressive Video Signal (525P signal)

only when the component video signal is

input.

Using the TV’s menu

AUTO PROGRAM

INSTALL menu

INSTALL

20%

LANGUAGE

:OK

AUTO PROGRAM

EDIT/MANUAL

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

DISP

:BACK

:OK

• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function,

:EXIT

press the DISPLAY button.

DISP

:BACK

2 After the TV channels have been

stored in the programme number

list, the EDIT menu appears.

LANGUAGE

You can choose the language you want to

use for the on-screen display from the

language list in a menu.

EDIT

CH/CC

1 Choose LANGUAGE, then press

the MENU/OK button.

:OK

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

:EXIT

:BACK

MOVE

DISP

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

• You can proceed to edit the programme

numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL

function. For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL"

on page 30.

2 Press the

buttons to

choose a language.

3 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the setting.

• If a TV cannel you want to view is not

stored in the programme numbers list,

you can register it using the MANUAL

function.

The menu disappers.

For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page

30.

AUTO PROGRAM

You can automatically register the TV

channels which can be received well at

your residence in the TV's programme

numbers by performing the following.

• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not

store a TV channel to the programme

number 0 (AV).

• If you do not need to use the EDIT/

MANUAL function, press the MENU/OK

button to exit from the EDIT menu.

1 Choose AUTO PROGRAM, then

press the MENU/OK button.

The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.

The TV channels you receive are

automatically stored in the programme

numbers list.

Using the TV's menu

INSERT:

EDIT/MANUAL

This function adds a new TV channel in the

current programme numbers list by using the

CH/CC number.

The EDIT/MANUAL functions are divided into

two types:

editing of the current programme numbers

(EDIT functions) and manual registration of a

TV channel you want to view to the

programme number (MANUAL function).

DELETE :

This function deletes a unnecessary TV

Channel.

MANUAL :

CAUTION

• Using the MOVE,DELETE or INSERT

function rewrites the current programme

numbers list.

Resultingly, the programme number of

some of the TV channels will change.

This function manually registers a new TV

channel in a programme number.

3 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the setting.

• For programme number PR 0, "AV"

appears in the programme numbers list.

• When a TV channel which has been

locked out using the CHANNEL GUARD

function, using the MANUAL function for

that TV channel cancels the CHANNEL

GUARD function.

FUNCTIONS

MOVE

1 Press the

choose a TV channel.

2 Press the button to start the

MOVE function.

• When a TV channel has already been

registered in PR 99, using the INSERT

function deletes the TV channel.

buttons to

1 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then

press the MENU/OK button.

EDIT

CH/CC

CC 01

:OK

:EXIT

:BACK

STORE

INSERT

DELETE

MANUAL

:EXIT

:BACK

MOVE

DISP

3 Press the

buttons to

2 Follow the operation description

of a function you want to use and

operate the function.

choose a new programe number.

To cancel the MOVE function:

Press the DISPLAY button.

MOVE :

This function changes a programme number

of a TV channel.

4 Press the button to change the

programme number of a TV

channel to a new programme

number.

ID :

This function registers a Channel name (ID)

to a TV channel.

Using the TV’s menu

MANUAL

CH/CC

1 Press the

buttons to

01(B/G)

choose a TV channel.

2 Press the red button to start the

ID function.

3 Enter a channel name (ID).

:OK

SEARCH+

SEARCH-

FINE+

Press the

buttons to

:EXIT

:BACK

SYSTEM

DISP

choose a character.

FINE-

press the

the cursor.

EDIT

buttons to move

To cancel the MANUAL function:

Press the DISPLAY button.

CH/CC

3 Press the button to choose the

system (sound system) for a TV

channel you want to register.

• For the sound systems in each country

or region, see the table

"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on page

12.

:OK

:EXIT

:BACK

DISP

4 Press the green or red button to

search for a TV channel.

To cancel the ID function:

Scanning stops when the TV finds a TV

channel. Then the TV channel is

displayed.

Press the DISPLAY button.

4 Press the MENU/OK button to

channel.

5 Press the green or red button

repeatedly until the to TV channel

you want appears.

DELETE

1 Press the

buttons to

If the TV channel reception is poor:

choose a TV channel.

2 Press the yellow button to delete

the TV channel.

Press the bule or yerrow button to

finetune the TV channel.

If you cannot hear the normal sound

even when the picture of the TV channel

appers normally:

The TV channel is deleted from the

programme numbers list.

The SYSTEM setting is worong. Press the

button and choose a SYSTEM that has

normal sound.

MANUAL

1 Press the

buttons to

choose a programme number to

which you want to register a new

TV channel.

6 Press the MENU/OK button and

regisster the TV channel to a

programme number.

2 Press the bule button to activate

the MANUAL function.

The normal EDIT menu is resumed.

At the right side following the CH/CC

number, the SYSTEM (sound system) of

the TV channel appears.

Using the TV's menu

INSERT

PREPARATION

• Find the CH/CC number corresponding

to the channel number of the TV channel

from the on page 33.

1 Press the

buttons to

choose a programme number for

which you will register a new TV

channel.

2 Press the green button to start

the INSERT function.

EDIT

CH/CC

:OK

`-9

:EXIT

:BACK

CH/CC

DISP

3 Press the

buttons to

choose "CC" or "CH" according

to the CH/CC number of the TV

channel.

To cancel the INSERT function:

Press the DISPLAY button.

4 Press the Number buttons to

enter the remaining CH/CC

number.

The TV shifts to registration mode.

When the registration is completed, the

picture of the TV channel appears on the

screen.

• The CH/CC number is a number

indicating the broadcast frequency to the

TV. If the TV cannot detect the TV

channel corresponding to the broadcast

frequency indicated by the CH/CC

number, a picture in the no-signal state

appears.

Using the TV’s menu

CH/CC number

When you want to use the INSERT function on page 32, find the CH/CC number corresponding to the Channel

number of the TV channel from this table.

US : The US channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the United States, Philippines, etc.

CCIR: The CCIR channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the Middle East, Southeast Asia ,etc.

OIRT: The OIRT channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Eastern Europe,Russia, Vietnam, etc.

AUSTRALIA: The AUSTRALIA channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Australia, etc.

Channel

CCIR

OIRT

AUSTRALIA

AU-0

AU-1

AU-2

AU-6

AU-7

AU-8

AU-9

CCIR

OIRT

AUSTRALIA

CH 02

CH 03

CH 04

CH 05

CH 06

CH 07

CH 08

CH 09

CH 10

CH 11

CH 12

CH 13

CH 14

CH 15

CH 16

CH 17

CH 18

CH 19

CH 20

CH 21

CH 22

CH 23

CH 24

CH 25

CH 26

CH 27

CH 28

CH 29

CH 30

CH 31

CH 32

CH 33

CH 34

CH 35

CH 36

CH 37

CH 38

CH 39

CH 40

CH 41

CH 42

CH 43

CH 44

CH 45

CH 46

CH 47

CH 48

CH 49

CH 50

CH 51

CH 52

CH 53

CH 54

CH 55

CH 56

CH 57

CH 58

CH 59

CH 60

CH 61

CH 62

CH 63

CH 64

CH 65

CH 66

CH 67

CH 68

CH 69

CH 70

US-2

CC 01

CC 02

CC 03

CC 04

CC 05

CC 06

CC 07

CC 08

CC 09

CC 10

CC 11

CC 12

CC 13

CC 14

CC 15

CC 16

CC 17

CC 18

CC 19

CC 20

CC 21

CC 22

CC 23

CC 24

CC 25

CC 26

CC 27

CC 28

CC 29

CC 30

CC 31

CC 32

CC 33

CC 34

CC 35

CC 36

CC 37

CC 38

CC 39

CC 40

CC 41

CC 42

CC 43

CC 44

CC 45

CC 46

CC 47

CC 48

CC 49

CC 50

CC 51

CC 52

CC 53

CC 54

CC 55

CC 56

CC 57

CC 58

CC 59

CC 60

CC 61

CC 62

CC 63

CC 64

CC 75

CC 76

CC 77

CC 78

CC 79

CC 95

CC 96

CC 97

CC 98

CC 99

S-1

S-2

AU-5

US-3

US-4

S-3

US-5

S-4

US-6

S-5

US-7

S-6

AU-5A

US-8

S-7

US-9

S-8

US-10

US-11

US-12

US-13

US-14

US-15

US-16

US-17

US-18

US-19

US-20

US-21

US-22

US-23

US-24

US-25

US-26

US-27

US-28

US-29

US-30

US-31

US-32

US-33

US-34

US-35

US-36

US-37

US-38

US-39

US-40

US-41

US-42

US-43

US-44

US-45

US-46

US-47

US-48

US-49

US-50

US-51

US-52

US-53

US-54

US-55

US-56

US-57

US-58

US-59

US-60

US-61

US-62

US-63

US-64

US-65

US-66

US-67

US-68

US-69

E10

E11

E12

R10

R11

R12

AU-10

AU-11

S-9

S-10

S-11

S-12

S-13

S-14

S-15

S-16

S-17

S-18

S-19

S-20

S-21

S-22

S-23

S-24

S-25

S-26

S-27

S-28

S-29

S-30

S-31

S-32

S-33

S-34

S-35

S-36

S-37

S-38

S-39

S-40

S-41

E21

E22

E23

E24

E25

E26

E27

E28

E29

E30

E31

E32

E33

E34

E35

E36

E37

E38

E39

E40

E41

E42

E43

E44

E45

E46

E47

E48

E49

E50

E51

E52

E53

E54

E55

E56

E57

E58

E59

E60

E61

E62

E63

E64

E65

E66

E67

E68

E69

W+1

W+2

W+3

W+4

W+5

W+6

W+7

W+8

W+9

W+10

W+11

W+12

W+13

W+14

W+15

W+16

W+17

W+18

W+19

W+20

W+21

W+22

W+23

W+24

W+25

W+26

W+27

W+28

AU-3

AU-4

Z+1

Z+2

A-5

A-4

A-3

A-2

A-1

Using the TV's menu

• Languages that are not included in the

teletext language group that you select,

the sub-titles of the teletext program will

not be displayed properly.

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

There are 4 types of teletext language

groups. Set the teletext language group that

corresponds to the language of the teletext

program that you want to watch.

1 Choose TELETEXT LANGUAGE,

then press the MENU/OK button.

TELETEXT LANGUAGE

GROUP-1

GROUP-2

GROUP-3

GROUP-4

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

2 Press the

buttons to

choose a group.

Group

Languages

Turkish, Hungarian, English,

German, French, Italian,

Spanish, Portuguese, Greek,

Swedish, Finnish

GROUP-1

Polish, Serbian, Croatian,

Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,

Rumanian, Hungarian,

German, French, Italian,

Swedish, Finnish

GROUP-2

Russian, Bulgarian, Lettish,

Lithuanian, Estonian,

Ukrainan, Serbian, Croatian,

Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,

English, German

GROUP-3

GROUP-4

Arabic, Czech, Slovak.

Hungarian, English, German,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Portuguese, Swedish, Finnish

3 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the setting.

The menu disappes.

Using the TV's menu

DEMO menu

DEMO

OFF

:OK

:EXIT

DISP

:BACK

The DEMO function automatically demo-

strations some of the TV function.

When the DEMO function is set to

ON:

Each time the TV is turned on, the demon-

stration starts automatically.

If you do not want that to happen, set the

DEMO function to OFF.

1 Press the

choose ON.

buttons to

To cancel the DEMO function,

choose off.

2 Press the MENU/OK button to

complete the settings.

The DEMO function is set to ON, and the

demostration will start.

To stop the demonstration:

Press one of the button on the remote

control.

Additional preparation

Connecting the external

devices

Connect the devices to the TV, paying

attention to the following connection

diagram.

Before connecting anything:

• Read the manuals provided with the

devices. Depending on the devices, the

connection method may differ from the

figure. In addition, the device settings

may be changed depending on the

connection method to secure proper

operation.

(Behind the cover)

OVER

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-4)

• Turn off all the devices including the TV.

• The "Specifications" on page 43 contains

the details of the VIDEO terminals. If you

are connecting a device not listed in the

following connection diagram, see the

"Specifications" to choose the best

VIDEO terminal.

• Note that connecting cables are not

supplied.

• When connecting devices that are

supported by AV COMPU LINK, see

"Connecting AV COMPU LINK Supported

Devices" on page 38.

AUDIO

L/MONOVIDEO

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

Y/VIDEO

AUDIO

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

L/MONO

OUTPUT

UDIO

VIDEO

VCR (composite signal)

VCR (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

VCR for recording (composite signal)

DVD player (composite signal)

DVD player (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

DVD player (component video signals;

AUDIO

L/MONO VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

Y/C^B/C^R

)

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

TV game (composite signal)

TV game (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

Camcorder (composite signal)

Camcorder (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)

Headphones

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

AUDIO L/MONO

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

AV COMPULINK

AV COMPU LINK cable

Additional preparation

• In the VIDEO-4 terminal, the VIDEO jack

is indicated by "V".

Connecting methods

1 Connect the TV's VIDEO jack

and the device's VIDEO OUT

(video output) jack with a video

cable.

2 Connect the TV's AUDIO jacks

(L/MONO and R) and the

device's AUDIO OUT (audio L/R

output) jacks with an audio

cable.

If connecting a device to the TV

with an S-VIDEO cabel :

Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO

output) connector and the TV's S connector

with an S-VIDEO cable, instead of connect-

ing with a video cable.

If the device's sound output is in

mono :

Connect the device's AUDIO OUT jack and

the TV's L/MONO jack with an audio cable.

Note that the connection with a video cable

will be ignored in case you conect a VCR to

the TV with both video cable and S-VIDEO

cable.

• In the VIDEO-4 terminal, the AUDIO

jacks is indicated by "R".

Connecting devices to the

OUTPUT terminal

The signals of the images and sound you are

currently viewing with this TV are output

through the OUTPUT terminal. By connecting

a VCR to the OUTPUT terminal, you can

record the currently shown image and sound

to that VCR. To do this, connect the VCR and

OUTPUT terminal following the steps below.

If connecting a DVD player to the

TV with a component video

cable.

Connect three jacks (Y/VIDEO, C and C ) in

the VIDEO-3 terminal and the DVD player's

COMPONENT (component video output)

jacks with a component video cables,

instead of connection with a video cable.

Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to COMPO-

NENT, according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on

page 28.

1 Connect the VIDEO jack in the

OUTPUT terminal and the VCR's

VIDEO IN (video input) jack with

a video cable.

2 Connect the AUDIO jacks (L and

R) in the OUTPUT terminal and

the VCR's AUDIO IN (audio L/R

input) jacks with an audio cable.

• This Television is compatible with the

Progressive video signal (525P signal).

(When the component video signal is

input.)

If you have a DVD player that outputs

Progressive video signals (525P) as a

component video signal, then by

attaching the device to the television with

a component video cable you can see

the actual images that are recorded on a

DVD disc as an original image source.

• When you turn off the TV, the signals from

the OUTPUT terminal are also turned off.

• The component signals input from the

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal cannot

be output through the OUTPUT terminal.

If connecting a device to the

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal

with a video cable.

Connect the TV's Y/VIDEO jack and the

device's VIDEO OUT (video output) jack with

a video cables.

Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to VIDEO

according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on page

28.

Connecting Headphones

Connect the headphons with a

stereo mini jack (of 3.5 mm in

diameter) to the Headphone jack

at the TV front panel.

Additional preparation

Connecting AV COMPU

LINK Supported Devices

AV COMPU LINK remote control system is a

system in which related devices are

automatically controlled when you operate

one device.

Conditions to use the AV

COMPU LINK remote

control system

• A device equipped with an AV COMPU

LINK terminal is required.

• You must connect the TV and the device

with an AV COMPU LINK cable.

AV COMPU LINK cable is not supplied

with this TV. If an AV COMPU LINK cable

is unavailable, connect them with a cable

with dia. 3.5 mm (mono) male plugs at

both ends.

If you apply this system to the TV, you can

have the TV automatically perform the

required operations by operating one

external device. You don't have to use the

TV's remoto control to turn on the TV or

change the VIDEO modes.

• You must connect the device to an

appropriate VIDEO terminal and set it up

correctly. Otherwise the AV COMPU LINK

remote control system will not function

correctly. For details, see “ Setting up the

AV COMPU LINK remote control

system”.

Examples of the AV

COMPU LINK remote

control system operations

Simply by pressing the PLAY button on a

VCR or a DVD player, you can view images

from the device.

• The TV must be in standby mode (the

POWER lamp lighting red). If the TV’s

Main power is off (the POWER lamp off),

the AV COMPU LINK remote control

system does not function.

Simply by inserting a pre-recorded tape (a

tape with the record safety tab removed) to a

VCR, you can view the tape.

Simply by operating the AC Control Rece-

iver, you can have the TV turned on/off (in

standby mode) or the VIDEO mode changed

correctly.

Setting up the AV COMPU

LINK remote control system

• The performance of the AV COMPU LINK

remote control system varies depending

on the connected device. See the devic-

eís instruction manual.

CAUTION:

• With some devices, the setup method

differs from the ones explained here.

Be sure to read the device’s instruction

manual thoroughly before setting it up.

• When you select "TV SOUND" as the

input source with the AV Control

Receiver, there are cases where the TV's

MUTING function automatically operates

and the sound from the TV's speakers is

muted.

In such cases, press the VOLUME-/+

buttons or the MUTING button on the

TV's remote control to cancel the MUT-

ING function. You can regain the sound

from the TV's speakers.

1 Connect the device to the TV’s

VIDEO-1 or VIDEO-2 terminal.

If you want to connect a DVD

player to the TV with a compo-

nent video cable :

Connect the DVD player to the TV’s VIDEO-3

terminal.

• For detailed connecting instructions, see

"Connecting the exterminal devices" on

page 36.

Additional Preparation

2 Connect the TV’s AV COMPU

LINK terminal and the device’s

AV COMPU LINK terminal with

an AV COMPU LINK cable.

3 Change the device’s setting

according to the VIDEO terminal

it is connected to.

If a VCR is connected to the

VIDEO-1 terminal :

Set the VCR’s remote control code to A code.

If a DVD player is connected to

the VIDEO-1 terminal:

Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE

to DVD2.

If a VCR is connected to the

VIDEO-2 terminal:

Set the VCR’s remote control code to B code.

If a DVD player is connected to

the VIDEO-2 terminal:

Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE

to DVD3.

If a DVD player is connected to

the VIDEO-3 terminal with a

component video cable:

Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE

to DVD1.

• For instructions on how to change the

device’s setting, refer to the device’s

instruction manual.

• If the device you are connecting has

neither the remote control code nor the

AV COMPULINK MODE, then connect it

to the TV’s VIDEO-1 terminal.

Troubleshooting

If a problem arises while you are using the TV, please read this "Troubleshooting" well before

you request having the TV repaired. You may be able to fix it easily by yourself. For example, if

the AC plug is disconnected from the AC outlet, or the TV aerial has problems, you may think

there is a problem with the TV itself.

Important:

• This Troubleshooting guide only covers problems whose cause are not easy to determine.

If a question arise when you are operating a function, read the page(s) corresponding to

the operation of the function well, not this Troubleshooting guide.

• After you have followed the Troubleshooting description or the operating description of the

functions concerned without any success, remove the AC plug from the AC outlet and re -

quest a repair of your TV. Do not attempt to repair the TV by yourself or remove the

rearcover of the TV.

Has the TV and aerial been

connected properly?

Has the aerial cable been damaged?

Is the aerial pointed to the right dir-

ection?

If you cannot turn on

the TV

• Is the AC plug connected to the AC

outlet?

Is the aerial itself faulty?

• Is the POWER lamp lit? If not, press the

• If the TV or aerial receives interference

from the other devices, stripes or noise

may appear in the picture. Move such

device as an amplifier, personal compu-

ter, or a hair drier that can cause inter-

ference away from your TV, or try chan-

ging its location. If the aerial suffers int-

erference from a radio tower or high-

voltage wire, please contact your local

dealer.

Main power button.

No picture/No sound

• Have you chosen a TV channel whose

reception is extremely bad? In this case,

the BLUE BACK function will be activat-

ed, the entire screen becomes blue, and

the sound is muted. In spite of this, if you

want to view the TV channel, follow the

description "BLUE BACK" on page 26 to

try to change the BLUE BACK function

setting to OFF.

• If the TV receives interferences from

signal reflecting from mountains or

building, double-pictures(ghosting) will

occur.

Try to change the aerial’s direction or

replase the antenna with the one with

better directionality.

• Are your SOUND SYSTEM settings for

the TV channels correct?

Forrow the description “SOUND SYSTEM

Button” on page 12 to try to solve the

trouble.

• Are you COLOUR SYSTEM settings for

the TV channels correct? Follow the

description "COLOUR SYSTEM button"

on pege 11 to try to solve the trouble.

Poor picture

• If noise totally obscures the picture (sn-

ow), the aerial or aerial cable may have

trouble. Check the following to try to

solve the trouble :

• Has COLOUR or BRIGHT been controll-

ed properly? Follow the description

"Adjusting the picture" on page 20 to try

to adjust them properly.

• Videotaping teletext is not recommended

because it may not record correctly.

Troubleshooting

• When a white and bright still image (su-

ch as a white dress) is displayed on the

screen, the white part may look as if it

were coloured.

• Is the CHILD LOCK function set to ON?

If the CHILD LOCK function is set to ON,

you cannot operate the TV with the front

control buttons of the TV. Follow the

It is a phenomenon unavoidable due to

the nature of the picture tube itself, and

not due to a TV failure.

When the picture disappears from the

screen, the unnatural colours will also

disappear.

description "CHILD LOCK" on page 26 to

try to set the CHILD LOCK function to OFF.

• If the TV operation becomes disabled

suddenly, press the Main power button

on the TV and turn off the main power.

Try to press the Main power button again

to turn on the main power. If the TV

returns to a normal state, it is not a

failure.

• When viewing images from commercially

available video softwear products, or vi-

deos from videotapes which have been

recored improperly, the top of the image

may be distored.

• The following functions do not operate

when receiving Progressive Video Signal

(525P signal);

Remote control function:

ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE and

STROBE BUTTON

MENU function:

SHARP, TINT, DIGITAL VNR, Digipure

and ZOOM

This is due to the condition of the video

signal, and not because of malfunction.

Poor sound

• Have you adjusted BASS or TREBLE

properly? If not, follow the description

"Adjusting the Sound" on page 24 to try

to adjust them properly.

Other concerns

• When the TV channel reception is poor, it

can be haed to hear the stereo or

bilingual sound. In this case, follow the

description "STEREO / I • II" on page 24

to hear the sound more easily by

• When the SLEEP TIMER function or

AUTO SHUTOFF function operates, the

TV is automatically turned off.

If the TV is turned off suddenly, try to

press the POWER button to turn on the

TV once again. At this time, if the TV

resumes a normal state, there in no

problem.

changing it to a mono sound.

Operation disabled

• Have the batteries of the remote control

become exhausted?

• If you do not want sound emitted from

the TV’s speakers when using

headphones, change the TV SPEAKER

setting in the HEADPHONE menu to OFF.

For details, see “HEADPHONE” on page

25.

Follow the description "Putting the

Batteries into the Remote Control" on

page 4 and replace them with new

batteries to try solve the problem.

• Have you attempted to use the remote

control at the sides or rear of the TV or at

a location more than seven meters apart

from the TV locatin? Operate the remote

control in the front of your TV or a

• If you bring a magnetised device such

as a speaker near to your TV, a picture

may be warped or unnaural colours

appear at the corners of the screen.

In this case, keep the device apart from

your TV. If the speaker causes such

phenomena, use the magnetic-shielded

speaker instead.

location less than seven meters from

your TV to try to solve the ploblem.

• When you are viewing a teletext progra-

mme, you cannot operate the menus.

Press the TV/VIDEO button to return the

teletext programme to the ordinary TV

programme to try operating the menus.

• A picture may be tilted due to the influe-

nce of the earth's magnetism. In this

case, use the "PICTURE TILT" on page

23 to complete the tilt.

Troubleshooting

• It takes a short period of time from the

time an operation such as changing

channels is performed until an image is

displayed. This is not a malfunction.

This is the time required for the image to

stabilize before it can be displayed.

• The TV may emit a crackling sound due

to a sudden change in temperature. It

does not matter if a picture or sound

does not show any abnormality. If you

hear crackling sounds frequently while

you are viewing the TV, other causes may

be assumed.

For precautionary purposes, request

your service technician to inspect it.

• Touching the screen may cause you feel

a slight electric shock due to its static

electricity.

It is an unavoidable phenomenon due to

the construction of the picture tube. It is

not a problem with the TV.

You can rest assured that this static dis-

charge does not have harmful influence

over the human boby.

Specifications

Broadcasting systems

Colour systems

Channels and frequencies

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4.43MHz

VHF low channel (VL) =46.25 to 168.25 MHz

VHF high channel (VH) =175.25 to 463.25 MHz

UHF channel (U)

=471.25 to 863.25 MHz

Receives cable channels in mid band (X to Z+2, S1 to S10),

super band (S11 to S20) and hyper band (S21 to S41).

A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K) system

FLOF(Fastext), WST(World Standard Text)

Please see the table in the description

"TELETEXT LANGUAGE" on page 34

AC 110 to 240V, 50/60Hz

Sound-multiplex systems

Teletext systems

Lauguages displayed by

teletext

Power requirements

Audio output

Rated Power output: 20W + 20W

VIDEO-1 terminal

RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1

• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs

are available.

VIDEO-2 terminal

RCA connector X 3

• Video input and Audio L/R inputs are available.

RCA connector X 5

VIDEO-3/COMPONENT

terminal

• Video input/Component video (Y/C /C ) input and Audio

L/R inputs are available.

• Progressive video signal(525P signal) input is available.

RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1

• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs

are available.

VIDEO-4 terminal

OUTPUT terminal

RCA connector X 3

• Video output and Audio L/R outputs are available.

Stereo mini-jack (3.5 mm in diameter)

Remote control unit X 1 (RM-C214)

Headphone jack

Accessories

AA/R6 dry cell battery X 2

Speakers

HV-L34PRO : (12cm X 3.5cm) oval X 2

HV-L29PRO : (10cm X 3.5cm) oval X 2

HV-L34PRO : Maximum 255W Average 170W

HV-L29PRO : Maximum 254W Average 170W

HV-L34PRO : Picture tube 87cm Visible area 80cm

HV-L29PRO : Picture tube 73cm Visible area 68cm

HV-L34PRO : 898mm X 728mm X 579mm

HV-L29PRO : 732mm X 588mm X 518mm

HV-L34PRO : 75kg

Power consumption

Screen size

(measured diagonally)

Dimensions(W X H X D)

Weight

HV-L29PRO : 48kg

Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Pictures displayed on the screen using this TV's ZOOM functions should not be shown for any

commercial or demonstration purpose in public places (cafes,hotels, etc.) without the consent

of the owners of copyright of the original picture sources, as this constitutes an infringement of

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

LCT0959-001B-H

0601-T-AB-NV-JMT

Благодарим за покупку цветного телевизора JVC.

Перед началом использования, пожалуйста, внимательно прочтите это

руководство, чтобы понять как пользоваться Вашим новым телевизором.

ОСТОРОЖНО:

ВО ИЗБЕЖАНИЕ ПОЖАРА И ПОРАЖЕНИЯ ЭЛЕКТРОТОКОМ,

НЕ ДОПУСКАЙТЕ ДЕЙСТВИЯ НАТЕЛЕВИЗОР ДОЖДЯ ИЛИ ВЛАГИ.

ВНИМАНИЕ:

ПРИ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИИТЕЛЕВИЗОРА СОБЛЮДАЙТЕ

СЛЕДУЮЩИЕ ПРАВИЛА ЛИЧНОЙ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ.

Подключайте телевизор только к источникам питания, параметры которых

соответствуют параметрам, указанным на задней стенке телевизора.

Не допускайте повреждений шнура и вилки питания. При отключении телевизора от

сети выньте вилку из розетки, держась за вилку, а не за шнур.

Ни в коем случае не перегораживайте и не закрывайте вентиляционные отверстия.

Ни в коем случае не устанавливайте

телевизор в местах с плохой

вентиляцией.

15 cm

При установке телевизора оставьте

вентиляционные зазоры по

периметру, величина зазоров должна

быть не меньше показанных на рис

10 cm

15 cm

значений.

Не допускайте попадания предметов или жидкости в отверстия корпуса.

В случае неисправности выньте вилку питания из розетки и вызовите мастера.

Не пытайтесь отремонтировать телевизор самостоятельно, не открывайте заднюю крышку.

Поверхность экрана телевизора может быть легко повреждена. При обращении с

телевизором соблюдайте предельную осторожность. Если экран загрязнится,

протрите его мягкой сухой тканью. Ни в коем случае не нажимайте сильно на экран.

Ни в коем случае не используйте чистящие или моющие средства.

Если Вы не собираетесь пользоваться телевизором в течение длительного времени,

обязательно отключите его от сетевой розетки.

Настройка телевизора

ВНИМАНИЕ

• èÂÂ‰ Í‡ÍËÏ-ÎË·Ó ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ

‚Ò˛ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒÎÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

1 Подсоединение антенны и ВМ

• ÄÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÌÂ

‚ıÓ‰ËÚ.àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È75-éÏ

ÍÓ‡ÍÒË‡Î¸Ì˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸.

рис. A

• èÂÂ‰ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ Çå.

Если ВМ не подсоединяется (см. рис. A):

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Если ВМ подсоединяется (см. рис. B):

1 Подсоедините антенный кабель к

входному гнезду антенны ВМ и

соедините ВМ и телевизор друг с

другом с помощью другого

антенного кабеля.

2 Соедините видеокабелем гнездо

VIDEO OUT (выход видео)

рис. В

видеомагнитофона и гнездо

VIDEO (видео) телевизора.

Для соединения ВМ с телевизором с помощью

кабеля S-VIDEO выполните следующее:

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ S ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎﬂ S-VIDEO, ‡ ÌÂ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ A.

3 Соедините гнезда VIDEO OUT (L/R

аудиовыходы) видеомагнитофона и

гнезда AUDIO (L/МОNО и R)

телевизора с помощью аудиокабеля.

• ÖÒÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ

ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ, ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO

OUT (‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ë

„ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO L/MONO (‡Û‰ËÓ Î/ÏÓÌÓ)

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ.

• ÖÒÎË Çå ËÏÂÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AV COMPU LINK,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ AV

COMPU LINK. ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 38.

ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

2 Подсоединение шнура питания

Вставьте вилку шнура в сетевую розетку.

3 Установка батареек в пульт

дистанционного управления

ÇÓÁ¸ÏËÚÂ 2 ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË AA/R6.

Встаьте батареи, начиная с кнопца, помеченного

знаком

и соблюдая полярности

• ëÓ·Î˛‰‡ÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË,

ÛÍ‡Á‡ÌÌ˚Â Ì‡ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍ‡ı.

• ÖÒÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, Á‡ÏÂÌËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË.

• Å‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË, ‚ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÂ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË,

ÔÂ‰Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ˚ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‰Îﬂ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ë

ÔÓ‚ÂÍË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. á‡ÏÂÌËÚÂ ˝ÚË ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË

Í‡Í ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÍÓÂÂ.

4 Выполнение

первоначальных настроек

èË ÔÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ

ÔÂ‚ÓÌ‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ

ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.

1 Нажмите кнопку включения питания

телевизора

SPATIALIZER ECO POWER

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ Ë ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.

• ÖÒÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒﬂ

Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï Ë ÌÂ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚Ï, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ,

˜ÚÓ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ.

ÑÎﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

POWER Ì‡ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ.

Индикатор питания

POWER

Кнопка

выключателя

сети

• ÖÒÎË ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÛÊÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÎÒﬂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰Îﬂ

‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËﬂ Ì‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸

ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂÏË “üáõä” Ë “ÄÇíé èêéÉ”. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 29.

2 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ üáõä. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ﬂÁ˚ÍÓ‚

ËÁ ÔÓﬂ‚Ë‚¯Â„ÓÒﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÔËÒÍ‡.

DISP

ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

3 Нажимая кнопки

, выберите

POWER

TV/VIDEO

РУССКИЙ. После этого нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

PICTURE

MODE

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

ÇÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚Â ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌ˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚

·Û‰ÛÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÚ¸Òﬂ ‚ Ô‡ÏﬂÚË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

RETURN

MULTI

• ÑÎﬂ ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ. Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

MUTING

4 После сохранения телеканалов в

списке номеров программ появится

меню НАСТРОЙКА.

PIP

SUB-P

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

MENU/

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

TV/TEXT

SIZE

• èÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÒÔËÒÓÍ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄëíêéâäÄ/

Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

TEXT

• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé èêéÉ. ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÂÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚

Ì‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0 (AV).

• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÌÂ ÌÛÊÌ‡, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK

‰Îﬂ Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.

На этом настройка заканчивается.

Новый телевизор JVC к Вашим услугам!

Кнопки и функции телевизора

Включение питания

Нажмите кнопку питания 1 .

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER 2 Á‡„ÓËÚÒﬂ Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï

Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÓÈ‰ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ.

ÑÎﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ.

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER 2 ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.

Включение телевизора,

находящегося в режиме

ожидания

Нажмите одну из кнопок CHANNEL

m 5 .

SPATIALIZER ECO POWER

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER 2 ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ˆ‚ÂÚ Ò

Í‡ÒÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ.

• ç‡ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÈÒﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸

Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO 3 .

8 2

Выбор телеканала

Нажимайте кнопки CHANNEL m 5 .

Выбор панели ВИДЕО

Нажимайте кнопки TV/VIDEO 3 или

CHANNEL m 5 .

Регулировка громкости

Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME m 4 .

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÛÓ‚Ìﬂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË.

Кнопка MENU 6

(За крышкой)

ç‡ÊËÏÓÏ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡”

Ì‡ ÒÚ. 19.

OVER

L/MONO

CHANEL

VOLUME TV/VIDEO

EXIT

IN (VIDEO-4)

Датчик пульта

6 5 4 3

дистанционного

управления и ЭКО-сенсор 9

Индикатор ECО 7

ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ñàîêéÇéâ

ùäéëÖçëéê Ì‡ Çäã ËÎË ÑàëèãÖâ, Á‡„ÓËÚÒﬂ

ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ECé.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ИндикаторSPATIALIZER8

ùÚÓÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒﬂ, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸

ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ SPATIALIZER Ì‡ åéçé ËÎË LIVE.

Гнездо головного

телефона 0

ÑÎﬂ ÔÓ‰ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ÒÚÂÂÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ

3,5 ÏÏ).

UDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

èË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ÒÎÂ‰ÛÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËﬂÏ, ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌÌ˚Ï ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄ ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

UDIO

R ^AL/MONO

VIDEO-3

COMPONENT

OUTPUT

VIDEO

AUDIO

Панель VIDEO-1 =

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3 Ë 36.

AUDIO

L/MONO

VIDEO

OVER

VIDEO-1

VIDEO-2

Панель VIDEO-2 ~

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

C_R

C_B

Y/VIDEO

VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT

R ^AUDL^I/^OMONO

OUTPUT

Панель VIDEO-3/

COMPONENT !

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 28 Ë 36.

VIDEO

AUDIO

AV COMPU LINK

Панель VIDEO-4 -

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

Панель OUTPUT @

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.

Гнездо антенны #

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·ÂÎ¸.

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3.

ПанельAVCOMPULINK $

• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36 Ë 38.

Кнопки и функции пульта дистанционного управления

Включение телевизора,

находящегося в режиме ожидания

Нажмите кнопку POWER.

POWER

TV/VIDEO

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒﬂ Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ„Ó

PICTURE

MODE

Ì‡ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ.

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

• íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ, Ì‡ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÈÒﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍË

CHANNEL m ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË.

Для выключения телевизора:

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ POWER.

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒﬂ Ò ÁÂÎÂÌÓ„Ó

Ì‡ Í‡ÒÌ˚È Ë ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÓÈ‰ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ.

RETURN

MULTI

Выбор телеканала

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚Î

MUTING

Á‡ÔÓÏÌÂÌ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

Нажимайте кнопку CHANNEL m или

введите номер программы (ПР) с помощью

кнопок с номерами.

PIP

SUB-P

• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ‰‚ÛÁÌ‡˜Ì˚È ÌÓÏÂ, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ -/-- ‰Îﬂ ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Ì‡ ‰‚ÛÁÌ‡˜ÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ.

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

MENU/

• ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ èêéÉ. ãàëí.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“äÌÓÔÍ‡ DISPLAY” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

• ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ‡, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

TV/TEXT

Регулирование громкости

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SIZE

Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME m.

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

• ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ˝ÚËÏË ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ÏË ÌÂ

Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒﬂ. ëÎÂ‰ÛÈÚÂ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËﬂÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “çÄ

ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

TEXT

Просмотр изображения с

внешнего устройства

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO, ˜ÂÂÁ ÍÓÚÓÛ˛

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌﬂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.

Нажмите кнопкуTV/VIDEO.

• è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ

CHANNEL m ËÎË ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ èêéÉ. ãàëí.

Для возврата к телеканалу:

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CHANNEL m ËÎË

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

16:9

Кнопка MUTING

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3) ‚

¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú

16:9).

Кнопка MUTING используется для

выключения звука. Повторный

нажим кнопки MUTING приводит к

включению звука на той же

громкости, которая была до

выключения звука.

• ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒﬂ ‰Îﬂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÙÓÏ‡ÚÓÏ 16:9,

ÒÊ‡Ú˚ı ‰Ó Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

(ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3), ÓÌ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎﬂÂÚ

Кнопка ZOOM

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ

ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÓÔÚËÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.

‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÔÂ‚ÓÌ‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú.

КнопкаSPATIALIZER

Для выбора режима нажмите кнопку

ZOOM.

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” (Live) ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound

(ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ZOOM, Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë

ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ZOOM ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

Нажмите кнопку SPATIALIZER

для выбора режима.

НОРМАЛЬНОЕ

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒﬂ ‰Îﬂ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó,

ÌÂËÁÏÂÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3).

LIVE:

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡

‚ ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ Ò Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌÌÓÈ

„ÎÛ·ËÌÓÈ Ë ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÏË ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË.

MOНO:

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÌÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡ ‚

Á‚ÛÍ, ËÏËÚËÛ˛˘ËÈ ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ.

ZOOM

åÓÊÌÓ ÛÍÛÔÌËÚ¸ ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9), Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ÓÌÓ

Á‡ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì.

ВЫКЛ:

ùÚÓ ÂÊËÏ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ.

• êÂÊËÏ LIVE ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡.

• êÂÊËÏ LIVE ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËË ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.

• ãÂ‚˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È Í‡ﬂ ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9) ·Û‰ÛÚ ÓÚÂÁ‡Ì˚.

• êÂÊËÏ MOçO ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÌÓÁ‚ÛÍ‡.

Система SPATIALIZER

изготовлена по лицензии

компании Desper Products,Inc.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

Для регистрации телеканала как

“Возвращаемый телеканал” :

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,

Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Îﬂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡,

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚÂ ÂÂ

Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂ ÏÂÌÂÂ 3 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

èÓﬂ‚ÎÂÌËÂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒË “ÇéáÇêÄí

äÄçÄãÄ áÄèêéÉêÄååàêéÇÄç!”

ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰‡ÂÚ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËÂ Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.

Кнопка BASS

ÑÎﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëìèÖê ÅÄë.

Для включения и выключения

функции СУПЕР БАС нажимайте

кнопку BASS.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

Для отмены регистрации телеканала как

“возвращаемого” :

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ Î˛·Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚÂ ÂÂ

Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂ ÏÂÌÂÂ 3 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ “ÇéáÇêÄí

äÄçÄãÄ éíåÖçÖç!”, ˜ÚÓ ÓÁÌ‡˜‡ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÛ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.

Кнопка PICTURE MODE

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‰Îﬂ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

• èË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËﬂ “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡” ÓÚÏÂÌﬂÂÚÒﬂ.

Для выбора режима нажимайте

кнопку PICTURE MODE.

• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î” Ë Í‡ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó

‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡ ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ˝ÚÓÚ

‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ

ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òﬂ Ì‡ “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È”

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.í‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òﬂ

ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰‚ÛÏﬂ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ÏË.

ЯРКИЙ :

èÓ‚˚¯‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

СТАНДАРТ :

ÑÂÎ‡ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡ÚÌ˚ÏË.

МЯГКИЙ :

ëÏﬂ„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

Функция ВОЗВРАТ :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÔÓÏËÌ‡ÂÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÏ

ÔÂÂ‰ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ, Í‡Í “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”.

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚

‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ Ë “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”.

Кнопка RETURN+

äÌÓÔÍ‡ RETURN+ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌﬂÂÚ ‰‚Â ÙÛÌÍˆËË:

ÇéáÇêÄí+ Ë ÇéáÇêÄí.

ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì Í‡Í

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”, ‰Îﬂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÇéáÇêÄí+.

ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì Í‡Í

“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”, ‰Îﬂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÇéáÇêÄí.

• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ‰‚‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ò

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÇéáÇêÄí,

‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡ Ó‰ËÌ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ

‚ÚÓÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò

ˆËÙ‡ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÌÂ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛﬂ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ‚

Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â “èÓÒÎÂ‰ÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î” ÏÓÊÂÚ

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÌÂ ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î,

ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÂ‚˚Ï.

Функция ВОЗВРАТ+ :

á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡‚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚È

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Í‡Í “ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î”,

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ‚ Î˛·ÓÈ

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

Кнопка

Выбор телеканала или

панели ВИДЕО.

1 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для

отображения ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.

èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ‰‚ÛﬂÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ üÁ˚Í 1

(Bilingual I (Sub I)) ËÎË üÁ˚Í 2 (Bilingual II (Sub II)).

èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏÂ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎﬂˆËË

ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òﬂ ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îﬂ

ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËﬂ ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍ‡.

2 Кнопками

выберите номер программы

или панели ВИДЕО. Затем

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• êﬂ‰ÓÏ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ èêéÉ

ãàëí, ‰Îﬂ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Á‡‰‡Ì‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ àÑ

çéåÖê, ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÁÌ‡Í ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

Нажмите кнопку

выбора режима звучания.

/ для

: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËﬂ

: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËﬂ

: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)

• çÓÏÂ‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎÂÈ ÇàÑÖé

Â„ËÒÚËÛ˛ÚÒﬂ ÔÓÒÎÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ò

ÌÓÏÂÓÏ èP 99.

: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)

МОНО : éÚÏÂÌﬂÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ

ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ.

Кнопка COLOUR SYSTEM

• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Â ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËﬂ Á‡‚ËÒﬂÚ

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒﬂ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË, o‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ‡ı

ÇàÑÖé.

Для выбора системы цветности

используйте кнопку COLOUR

SYSTEM.

КнопкаDISPLAY

Ñ‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ

èêéÉ. ãàëí, ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ËÎË

ÌÓÏÂ‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé.

АВТО :

ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁÌ‡‚‡ÌËÂ

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ.

Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY.

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË DISPLAY ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í

ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËË Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ÒË„Ì‡Î‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡Û¯ËÚ¸Òﬂ. èË

ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÄÇíé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ‰Û„Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé ‡ÒÔÓÁÌ‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ Ë

‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË.

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ ëàëíÖåõ ñÇÖíçéëíà

‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ (SUB-

picture), ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 15.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

˜ÂÂÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ èP 0 (AV) ËÎË

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ТЕЛЕВЕЩАТЕЛЬНЫЕ

СИСТЕМЫ

èÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ú‡·ÎËˆ‡Ï ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚

ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé.

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‚‡¯ÂÏ Â„ËÓÌÂ.

• ÑÎﬂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË ÓÚ èP 0

(AV) ‰Ó èP 99 ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ NTSC 3.58 ËÎË NTSC 4.43.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚

‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı ÒÚ‡Ì‡ı Ë Â„ËÓÌ‡ı,

ÛÍ‡Á‡Ì˚ ‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ

“íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12.

Кнопка SOUND SYSTEM

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ

(Sound System) ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒﬂ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË.

é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

ÒÎ˚¯ÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ÔË ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓÏ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

Для выбора нужной системы

звукового сопровождения

нажимайте кнопку SOUND

SYSTEM.

B/G : ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ B/G

: ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ I

D/K : ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ D/K

: ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡ M

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÇàÑÖé.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı ÒÚ‡Ì‡ı

Ë Â„ËÓÌ‡ı, ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌ˚ ‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ

“íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

• äÓ„‰‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÏÂÂÚÒﬂ

Кнопка FREEZE

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÒÚÓÔ-

Í‡‰‡ ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ

STROBE ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive

Нажмите кнопку FREEZE.

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ

STROBE ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓÌ‡Î¸ÌÓÒÚË ñÇ. íéç ÌÂ

ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ‰Îﬂ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ‰‡ÊÂ ÔË

ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC.

Для отмены функции

ЗАМОРОЗИТЬ :

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE.

• äÓ„‰‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÏÂÂÚÒﬂ

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË MULTI

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ Ì‡

˝Í‡Ì ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÚÂÏ,

˜ÚÓ·˚ Ó·ÎÂ„˜ËÚ¸ ‚˚·Ó Ì‡Ë·ÓÎÂÂ

ËÌÚÂÂÒÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ FREEZE

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ FREEZE

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

1 Нажмите кнопку MULTI.

Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ Ì‡ÊËÏÓ‚ ÍÌÓÔÍË MULTI

˝Í‡Ì ËÁÏÂÌﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ

Ó·‡ÁÓÏ.

Кнопка STROBE

ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â 15

ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Ó‚‡ÚÂÎ¸Ì˚ı ÒÚÓÔ-Í‡‰Ó‚.

Нажмите кнопку STROBE.

Для отмены функции STROBE :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE ‰Îﬂ ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í

ÉãÄÇçéåì ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË˛.

• èË ÒÎ‡·ÓÏ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÂ ÉãÄÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÒÚÓÔ-Í‡‰˚

‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ﬂÚÒﬂ Ò ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËﬂÏË.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

Для вызова на экран следующего

изображения Multi :

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË PIP

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT.

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó

ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰‚Ûı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ (ÉãÄÇç Ë

ÇíéêéëíÖè).

2 Выберите изображение с

помощью кнопок

, а

затем нажмите кнопку MENU/

OK.

ùÍ‡Ì ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ËÎË ÂÊËÏ ÇàÑÖé.

Нажмите кнопку PIP.

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË PIP ËÁÏÂÌﬂÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:

• çÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌËÍ‡ÍËÂ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ÌÂ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì˚, Ë

ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, ‰Îﬂ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı

Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ àÑ çéåÖê, ÌÂ

ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒﬂ.

• Ç˚ÔÓÎÌﬂÚ¸ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚, ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ. ÑÎﬂ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËﬂ

ÓÔÂ‡ˆËÈ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛

MULTI.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MULTI, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ MULTI

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

• Ç ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÌÂÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó

ÔÂËÓ‰‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰Îﬂ

Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËﬂ ‰ËÒÔÎÂﬂ ÏÌÓ„Ó˜ËÒÎÂÌÌ˚ı

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸.

• ëÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ó‰ÌÓÈ Ë ÚÓÈ ÊÂ

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (ËÎË ˜ÂÂÁ Ó‰ÌÛ Ë ÚÛ ÊÂ

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé) Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Í‡Í

ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÒË„Ì‡ÎÂ ÉãÄÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÒË„Ì‡Î ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÎÓıËÏ.

• ÖÒÎË ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡Ú˚ ÓÒÌÓ‚ÌÓ„Ó Ë

‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚,

Ëı ‚ÂıÌËÂ Ë ÌËÊÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ¸.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË PIP ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ

ZOOM ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.

• ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ

ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‚ ‚Ë‰Â ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PIP, Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ÒË„Ì‡Î “525P” Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ

PIP ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

3 Нажмите кнопку

выбора ВТОРОСТЕП, а затем

кнопку для выбора нужной

для

Выбор телеканала для

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО

изображения

системы цветности. После этого

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

Нажмите кнопку SUB-P m.

• àÁÏÂÌﬂÚ¸ ëàëíÖåì ñÇÖíçéëíà

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

Прослушивание звукового

сопровождения

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО

изображения

Кнопка POSITION

á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÂÊËÏ‡ “PeÊËÏ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ”.

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚, ÔË

˝ÚÓÏ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ éëçéÇçéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ˜ÂÂÁ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Нажимайте кнопку POSITION.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “Ééã íÖãÖîéç” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ Ì‡ÊËÏÂ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË

ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÂÂÏÂ˘‡Ú¸Òﬂ ‚ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÔÓÚË‚

˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË.

Изменение системы

цветности

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО

изображения

1 Когда на экране имеется

ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОЕ

изображение, нажмите кнопку

MENU/OK для вызова на экран

МЕНЮ (основное меню).

Кнопка SWAP

ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÏÂÌﬂÚ¸ ÏÂÒÚ‡ÏË

ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

2 Нажмите кнопку

для

выборы СИСТЕМА ЦВЕТНОСТИ,

а затем кнопку MENU/OK.

Нажмите кнопку SWAP.

• çÂ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SWAP ÔË

Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌËË ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ì‡ Çå –

˝ÚÓ ÔË‚Â‰ÂÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó

ÒË„Ì‡Î‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

èÓÒÏÓÚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ

Кнопка HOLD

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËﬂ (HOLD)

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÒÍÓÎ¸

Û„Ó‰ÌÓ ‰ÓÎ„Ó, ‰‡ÊÂ ÍÓ„‰‡ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚÒﬂ

ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‰Û„Ëı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

1 Выберите телеканал с

телетекстом.

2 Нажмите кнопкуTV/TEXT.

Нажмите кнопку HOLD

ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/TEXT ËÁÏÂÌﬂÂÚ ÂÊËÏ

ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:

Ç ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

Для отмены функции Hold :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ HOLD.

Кнопка REVEAL

ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

ËÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ÒÍ˚Ú˚È ÚÂÍÒÚ (Ì‡ÔËÏÂ, ÓÚ‚ÂÚ˚

Ì‡ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ‚ËÍÚÓËÌ˚).

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì

ÒÍ˚ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

При каждом нажиме на кнопку

REVEAL текст исчезает или

появляется.

3 Выберите страницу телетекста

с помощью кнопок CHANNEL

m, кнопок с цифрами или

цветных кнопок.

Кнопка SIZE

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËﬂ ‚˚ÒÓÚ˚

‰ËÒÔÎÂﬂ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚‰‚ÓÂ.

Для возврата к режиму ТВ :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/TEXT ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/

VIDEO.

Нажмите кнопку SIZE.

Кнопка INDEX

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó

• ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡˛Ú ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í

ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ ËÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ

ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË.

‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÂ ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡ÌËﬂ.

Нажмите кнопку INDEX.

• Ç ÂÊËÏÂ íÂÍÒÚ ZOOM Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì

Ì‡ ÂÊËÏÂ çéêåÄãúçéÖ.

• Ç ÂÊËÏÂ ëÔËÒÓÍ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òﬂ Í

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÂ, ÌÓÏÂ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒﬂ

‚ ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ÌËÊÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛

‚˚ÔÓÎÌﬂÚ¸ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

Кнопка CANCEL

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÒÍ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

• èË ÌÂ‚ÂÌÓÏ ‚˚‚Ó‰Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì

ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ.

èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â Ò‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰

Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

34.

1 Нажимая кнопки с цифрами,

введите номер страницы или

нажмите цветную кнопку.

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ËÒÍ‡Ú¸ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.

äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

2 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL.

Использование режима

Список

Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÚ¸ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Î˛·ËÏ˚ı

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚ Ô‡ÏﬂÚË Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ

‚˚Á˚‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ËÁ Ô‡ÏﬂÚË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚ı

ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ‡. äÓ„‰‡

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡È‰ÂÚ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡,

ÂÂ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ‚ ÎÂ‚ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ

Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.

3 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL для

возврата к странице

телетекста, когда ее номер

появится на экране.

• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË CANCEL ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òﬂ

‚ ÂÊËÏ íÇ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

Для сохранения номеров страниц :

1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для

входа в режим Список.

Ç ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÓÚÓ·‡ÁﬂÚÒﬂ

ËÏÂ˛˘ËÂÒﬂ ‚ Ô‡ÏﬂÚË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ.

2 С помощью цветной кнопки

выберите номер (позицию).

Затем с помощью кнопок с

цифрами введите номер

страницы.

Кнопка SUBPAGE

çÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËÏÂ˛Ú

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÏ˚Â

ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚. àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËﬂ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ËÎË ÂÂ

ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚ Î˛·ÓÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

3 Нажмите и удержите кнопку

STORE.

1 Нажмите кнопку SUBPAGE

для включения функции

Подстраница.

óÂÚ˚Â ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËÂ Ëı ‚ Ô‡ÏﬂÚË.

çÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒﬂ ‚

ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡.

Для вызова сохраненной страницы :

1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для

входа в режим Список.

Цвет*

Состояние подстраницы

ÜÂÎÚ˚È

ÅÂÎ˚È

ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ Ì‡ÒÚÓﬂ˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ.

åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì.

2 Нажмите цветную кнопку, для

которой был назначен нужный

номер страницы.

ëËÌËÈ ËÎË

Í‡ÒÌ˚È

çÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ Ì‡

˝Í‡Ì Ë ÌÂ ÔÓÒÎ‡Ì‡.

* : ñ‚ÂÚ ÙÓÌ‡, Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓÓÏ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒﬂ

ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ˚.

Для выхода из режима Список :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE

2 Нажимайте кнопки

для

выбора номера подстраницы.

Для отмены функции Подстраница :

ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SUBPAGE.

Как пользоваться меню телевизора

êﬂ‰ÓÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎﬂÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛.

óÚÓ·˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ ‚ÒÂı ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ıÓÓ¯Ó

ÁÌ‡Ú¸ ÔËÌˆËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÂÌ˛.

Основные операции

POWER

TV/VIDEO

1 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для

PICTURE

MODE

вызова МЕНЮ (основного меню).

ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS

RETURN

MULTI

• ç‡ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ ÒÌËÁÛ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓÍ‡Á‡Ì˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË

ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ,

ÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ‰Îﬂ

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ.

MUTING

PIP

SUB-P

PIP

POSITION

FREEZE

SWAP

STROBE

DISPLAY

MENU/

2 Нажимая кнопки

выберите название меню, а затем

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

SYSTEM

COLOUR SOUND

TV/TEXT

Для возврата к предыдущему меню :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

HOLD

MODE

REVEAL

SIZE

SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL

INDEX

Для мгновенного выхода из меню :

TEXT

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO.

3 С помощью кнопок

функцию.

выберите

• ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ Ó ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂı ‚

ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Ì‡ ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı

ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

4 Для выбора настройки этой

функции используйте кнопки

• ÑÎﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË,

ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂÏ,

ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË Ì‡

ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÚ‡ÌËˆ‡ı.

• ç‡ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ ÒÌËÁÛ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓÍ‡Á‡Ì‡

ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ, ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ‰Îﬂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ.

5 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения настройки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ NTSC

ÏÂÌ˛ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡ÁÏÂ ÔÓ ‚ÂÚËÍ‡ÎË ‚‰‚ÓÂ

ÏÂÌ¸¯ËÈ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ‡ÁÏÂ‡ ÏÂÌ˛.

Использование кнопок

телевизора

ÑÎﬂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÍÌÓÔÍË, ÔÂ‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚Â Ì‡ ÔÂÂ‰ÌÂÈ

Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

кнопки

TV/VIDEO

CHANEL

VOLUME TV/VIDEO

EXIT

• ç‡ ÔÂÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂÚ

ÍÌÓÔÍË, ËÏÂ˛˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË

DISPLAY ËÎË ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

åÂÌ˛ èÄêÄåÖíêõ

àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü

ЯРКО

üÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ÚÂÏÌÂÂ

: Ò‚ÂÚÎÂÂ

ЧЕТКО

óÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ÏÂÌ¸¯Â

: ·ÓÎ¸¯Â

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ óÖíäé ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà

ÑÎﬂ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ

Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸

Ó‰ÌÛ ËÁ ÚÂı èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.

ЦВЕТ

ñ‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ·ÎÂ‰ÌÂÂ

: ÒÓ˜ÌÂÂ

ЯРКИЙ :

ì‚ÂÎË˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ﬂÍÓÒÚ¸.

ЦВ.ТОН

ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÓÌ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: Í‡ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È

СТАНДАРТ :

ÑÂÎ‡ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

“ÒÚ‡Ì‰‡ÚÌ˚ÏË”.

МЯГКИЙ :

: ÁÂÎÂÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È

ëÏﬂ„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.

• àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ‡ ñÇ. íéç

‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC 3.58 ËÎË NTSC

4.43.

• ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÂÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà

ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎﬂÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË PICTURE MODE Ì‡ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ PICTURE MODE” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

10.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ñÇ. íéç ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

Для возврата к исходным параметрам

ПРЕДУСТАНОВКИ:

êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

è‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ Í‡Ê‰ÓÈ ÔÂ‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓËÁ‚ÓÎ¸ÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌﬂÚ¸. ÇÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚Â

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÚÒﬂ Ë ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ. Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‚ÂÌÛÚÒﬂ Í ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï

ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌËﬂÏ, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â ·Û‰ÛÚ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ˚ Í‡Í

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.

Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ‡ÏË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÂ‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.

ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé

КОНТРАСТ

äÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÌÓ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.

: ÏÂÌ¸¯Â

: ·ÓÎ¸¯Â

ÑÎﬂ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÅÄãÄçë

ÅÖãéÉé (Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÚÓÌÓ‚ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó). èÓÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÛ

·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚÒﬂ Í‡Í ·‡ÁÓ‚˚È ‰Îﬂ ‚ÒÂı

ÓÒÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ ÂÊËÏ‡ ÅÄãÄçë

ÅÖãéÉé ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ ÔÂ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ÒÂı ÓÒÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ХОЛОД :

ÅÂÎ˚È Ò „ÓÎÛ·ËÁÌÓÈ. àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ﬂÍËı

åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ

àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ

·ÓÎÂÂ ÊË‚˚ı Ë ﬂÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.

СРЕДНИЙ :

çÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ.

ТЕПЛЫЙ :

ÅÂÎ˚È Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚Ï ÓÚÚÂÌÍÓÏ.

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ÔË

ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ﬂ˘Ëı ‰Îﬂ ÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚

ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.

ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò ÒÌËÊ‡ÂÚ

ÔÓÏÂıË, ËÒÍ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ

·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ” ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ 16:9

ÙÛÌÍˆËË ZOOM (ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ Ï‡Ò¯Ú‡·‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ).

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

АВТО :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË

ÒÓ ÒÚÂÔÂÌ¸˛ ÔÓÏÂı Ë Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

ñàîêéÇéâ

ùäéëÖçëéê

èË ‚˚·ÓÂ ñàîêéÇéÉâ ùäéëÖçëéê

ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒﬂ

‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ﬂÍÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËﬂ ‚

ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ. ùÚÓ ÒÌËÊ‡ÂÚ Ì‡ÔﬂÊÂÌËÂ „Î‡Á Ë

ÔÓÚÂ·ÎﬂÂÏÛ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

• ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍËÈ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò,

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ˜ÂÚÍËÏ.

êÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ

ÄÇíé.

˝ÎÂÍÚÓ˝ÌÂ„Ë˛.

МАКС :

ВКЛ :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ

Ì‡ Ï‡ÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË Ë ÔÓÒÎÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÄÇíé ËÏÂ˛ÚÒﬂ ÔÓÏÂıË,

Ñ‡ÌÌ‡ﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ВЫКЛ :

Ñ‡ÌÌ‡ﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åÄäë.

• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ åÄäë ÌÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îﬂ

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

ДИСПЛЕЙ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ. èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË ﬂÍÓÒÚË ‚ ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ Ì‡ ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍÓ

МИН :

ÒÂÍÛÌ‰ ÔÓﬂ‚Îﬂ˛ÚÒﬂ ÁÌ‡˜ÍË

Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜‡˛˘ËÂ ﬂÍÓÒÚ¸. óÂÏ ÚÂÏÌÂÂ ‚

ÍÓÏÌ‡ÚÂ, ÚÂÏ ·ÓÎ¸¯Â ˜ËÒÎÓ ÁÌ‡˜ÍÓ‚.

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ

Ì‡ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÂÊËÏ‡

ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÒÚ‡ÎÓ ÌÂ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ

˜ÂÚÍËÏ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åàç.

• ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ åàç ÌÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îﬂ

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

МИН :

DigiPure

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡

ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure Ì‡

ÄÇíé ËÏÂ˛ÚÒﬂ ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÂÂÈ‰ËÚÂ Ì‡ åàç.

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ Digipure ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÚ ÌÓ‚ÂÈ¯Û˛

ˆËÙÓ‚Û˛ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ë˛ ‰Îﬂ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ. îÛÌÍˆËﬂ

Digipure ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚ ‰‚Â ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË.

• êÂÊËÏ åàç ÌÂ ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îﬂ

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ÒÓ

ÒÎ‡·˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

Функция Digipure :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌË˛

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÔÛÚÂÏ

Û‰‡ÎÂÌËﬂ ÎË¯ÌËı Í‡Â‚˚ı ÁÓÌ

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ DigiPure ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı Ë ˜ÂÚÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌËÁÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ

Í‡Â‚˚Â ÁÓÌ˚ ‰Ó·‡‚Îﬂ˛ÚÒﬂ ‰Îﬂ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ

·ÓÎÂÂ ˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

îÛÌÍˆË˛ DigiPure ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚

ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé, åÄäë Ë åàç.

PULL DOWN

ÇÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌÍˆËË PULL DOWN

‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒﬂ ·ÓÎÂÂ ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ Ë ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ

¯ËÓÍÓÙÓÏ‡ÚÌ˚ı ÍËÌÓÙËÎ¸ÏÓ‚.

Функция компенсации движения

изображения :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÎ‡‚ÌÛ˛ Ë

ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÛ˛ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜Û Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ·˚ÒÚÓ

‰‚ËÊÛ˘ËıÒﬂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Ú‡ÍËı Í‡Í

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÙÛÚ·ÓÎËÒÚÓ‚ Ë Ïﬂ˜‡.

АВТО:

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡. Ç Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ

‡·ÓÚ˚ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‰ÓÎÊÌ‡ ·˚Ú¸

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ Ì‡ ÄÇíé.

ВЫКЛ:

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ Digipure ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

• Ñ‚ËÊÂÌËÂ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Í‡Á‡Ú¸Òﬂ

ÌÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË

NTSC. óÚÓ·˚ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ¸ ·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÎ‡‚ÌÓÂ

‰‚ËÊÂÌËÂ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PULL

DOWN Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ Çõäã.

АВТО :

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÛÂÚ

ÛÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÛÓ‚ÌÂÏ

ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÈ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ë Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ËÚ

Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ” Ë ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ “ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË”.

• èË ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÏ ÛÓ‚ÌÂ DigiPure Ë

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓ„ÛÚ

Â˘Â ·ÓÎ¸¯Â ÛÒËÎËÚ¸Òﬂ. êÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒﬂ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé.

МАКС :

ìÓ‚ÂÌ¸ DigiPure ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡

Ï‡ÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure Ì‡

ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÔÂÂ‰‡ÂÚÒﬂ ÌÂ ÒÓ‚ÒÂÏ

ÔÓÎÌÓ, ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé Ì‡ åÄäë.

• êÂÊËÏ åÄäë ÌÂ ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â

ÌËÁÍÓÍ‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ò

ÒËÎ¸Ì˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

2 Нажимайте кнопки для

ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà

выбора режима ZOOM. Затем

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ‡Ò¯ËËÚÒﬂ, ‡ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂ

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ZOOM ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÓÍÓÎÓ 5 ÒÂÍÛÌ‰.

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒﬂ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂﬂÒÌÓÂ ËÎË ÌÂˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ

ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.

1 Выберите СИСТЕМА

ЦВЕТНОСТИ и нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

• àÏÂ˛ÚÒﬂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÂÊËÏ˚ :

çéêåÄãúçéÖ, ZOOM Ë 16:9. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“äÌÓÔÍ‡ ZOOM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 9.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ZOOM ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË

ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P).

PICTURE TILT

2 С помощью кнопок

àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËﬂÌËﬂ Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎﬂ ÁÂÏÎË

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍÓÒËÚ¸Òﬂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÚÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸

выберите нужную систему

цветности. Затем нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË.

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ëàëíÖåA

ñÇÖíçéëíà ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ

ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 15.

1 Выберите PICTURETILT и

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

• îÛÌÍˆËÂÈ ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà

ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎﬂÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 11.

2 Нажимайте кнопки

пор, пока перекос не

до тех

ZOOM

устранится. Затем нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ÙÓÏ‡Ú‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ

ÍÓ˝ÙÙËˆËÂÌÚ‡ ÔÓÔÓˆËÓÌ‡Î¸ÌÓÒÚË.

Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ ÓÔÚËÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.

1 Выберите ZOOM и нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

åÂÌ˛

èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà áÇìäÄ

БАЛАНС

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÎÂ‚˚Ï

Ë Ô‡‚˚Ï „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎﬂÏË.

: Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÎÂ‚Ó„Ó

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎﬂ.

: Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ô‡‚Ó„Ó

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎﬂ.

AI ìêéÇÖçú

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÂ‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËﬂ ÂÁÍÓ„Ó Û‚ÂÎË˜ÂÌËﬂ ËÎË

ÛÏÂÌ¸¯ÂÌËﬂ ÛÓ‚Ìﬂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÔË

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ Ë ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË

Ò Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ ÇàÑÖé Ì‡ ‰Û„ÓÈ.

ëíÖêÖé / I•II

èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ‰‚ÛﬂÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

üÁ˚Í I (Sub I) ËÎË üÁ˚Í II (Sub II). èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ

ÔËÂÏÂ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎﬂˆËË ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸Òﬂ ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îﬂ

ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËﬂ ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍ‡.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡.

: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËﬂ

: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËﬂ

: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ

ÓÚ‰ÂÎ¸ÌÓ ‰Îﬂ ÂÊËÏ‡ íÇ Ë ÂÊËÏ‡

ÇàÑÖé.

ç‡ÔËÏÂ, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸ ÂÂ Çõäã ‚

ÂÊËÏÂ íÇ Ë Çäã ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÇàÑÖé.

ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ AI ìêéÇÖçú

ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ˜ÂÂÁ

Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÇàÑÖé, ˝Ú‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÛÂÚÒﬂ Í‡Í Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡

ÂÊËÏ‡ ÇàÑÖé.

: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)

МОНО : éÚÏÂÌﬂÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ

ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍËÏ.

• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Â ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËﬂ Á‡‚ËÒﬂÚ

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ ‰‡‚‡Ú¸

ÌÛÊÌ˚ı ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÓ‚ ÔË Ó˜ÂÌ¸ ÌËÁÍÓÏ

ÛÓ‚ÌÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ‡ı

ÇàÑÖé.

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ, ÔÂÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˆËÂÈ (ËÎË

Á‡‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚Ï

êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ Á‚ÛÍ‡

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÁ‚ÓÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ Á‚ÛÍ‡.

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ˚).

BBE

БАС

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÌËÊÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ Á‚ÛÍ‡.

: ÒÎ‡·ÂÂ

: ÒËÎ¸ÌÂÂ

îÛÌÍˆË˛ ÇÇÖ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îﬂ

ÔÓÒÚÓ„Ó ÔË‰‡ÌËﬂ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌË˛ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍ ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó,

ÌÂÒÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ.

ТЕМБР

åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂıÌËÂ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚

Á‚ÛÍ‡.

: ÒÎ‡·ÂÂ

: ÒËÎ¸ÌÂÂ

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

1 Выберите НА УЩН ИКИ и

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

Система BBE используется по

лицензии компании ВВE Sound,

Inc. ВВЕ является

зарегистрированной торговой

маркой компании BBE Sound, inc.

2 С помощью кнопки

сделайте выбор, а с помощью

кнопки установите

функцию НА УЩН ИКИ.

Нажмите кнопку OK, а затем

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

SPATIALIZER

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ

ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound

(ÓÍÛÊ‡˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı ÂÊËÏÓ‚

SPATIALIZER.

ГРОМКОСТЬ :

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ

„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

TV ГРОМКОГОВОР :

• åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı

ÂÊËÏÓ‚ SPATIALIZER: LIVE, MOçO ËÎË

Çõäã.

ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ SPATIALIZER” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 9.

äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ÌÂ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒﬂ‰‡ÊÂÔË

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚. ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒﬂ.

ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒﬂ ‰‡ÊÂ ÔË

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

ÖÒÎË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛,

Система SPATIALIZER

изготовлена по лицензии

компании Desper Products,Inc.

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÒﬂ

ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.

ëìèÖê ÅÄë

ÑÎﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëÛÔÂ Å‡Ò.

ВЫХОД :

èË ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚

ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ Á‚ÛÍ‡ Í‡Í

éëçéÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÉãABH) ËÎË

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

(BTOPOCTEè).

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

• á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

çÄ ìôç àäà

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸

ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËﬂ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ

˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.

• èË ‚˚‚Ó‰Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ‡

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ

ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ëíÖêÖé/I•II

·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Ï.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ

ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ÒÂÚÂ‚ÓÂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ

• äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ‡, ÏÓÊÌÓ

‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ íÄâåÖê ÇõäãûóÖçàü

‰Îﬂ ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ

ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒﬂ ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

ëàçàâ îéç

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡ ÒËÌËÈ Ë

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ Á‚ÛÍ‡ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÎ‡·Ó„Ó ËÎË

ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó ÒË„Ì‡Î‡, ËÎË ÊÂ

‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÌÂ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î Ò

‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.

íÄâåÖê

ÇõäãûóÖçàü

åÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ÓÔÂ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÂ ‚ÂÏﬂ.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

1 Выберите ТАЙМЕР

ВЫКЛЮЧЕНИЯ и нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ

ÔÂÂ‰ÌËı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡

ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ‡ Ì‡ Çäã, ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎﬂÚ¸ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ.

àÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ‰Îﬂ

ÔÂ‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËﬂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

‰ÂÚ¸ÏË (·ÂÁ ‡ÁÂ¯ÂÌËﬂ Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ).

2 С помощью кнопок

установите период времени.

í‡ÈÏÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ì‡˜ÌÂÚ ÓÚÒ˜ÂÚ

Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

• åÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË

‰ÎËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‰Ó 120 ÏËÌÛÚ (2 ˜‡Ò‡)

ÔË‡˘ÂÌËﬂÏË ÔÓ 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

Для отмены этой функции:

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË “Çõäã”.

àÑ çéåÖê

ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÂÚË ÒÏÓÚÂÎË

ÓÔÂ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ

˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

ÖÒÎË Â·ÂÌÓÍ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,

Ì‡ ÍÓÚÓÓÏ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒﬂ Á‡ÔÂÚ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î,

˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚Ë‰ÂÚ¸.

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения установки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

• á‡ Ó‰ÌÛ ÏËÌÛÚÛ ‰Ó ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸

“ëèéäéâçéâ çéóà!”.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Как включить эту

функцию

1 Выберите ИД НОМЕР затем

нажмите кнопку 0 (AV).

Для просмотра

заблокированного

телеканала

1 Выберите номер программы с

заблокированным

телеканалом с помощью

кнопок с цифрами или списка

ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.

ùÍ‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ Ë ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

çéåÖê).

(àÑ

2 Установите ИД номер.

Для выбора номера:

Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË

• á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ

‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ

Для перемещения курсора:

Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË

2 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для

вызова на экран“ИД НОМЕР”.

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

3 Введите ИД номер с помощью

кнопок с цифрами.

ÅÎÓÍËÓ‚Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÂÌ‡, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ

ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸

Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

4 Нажимайте кнопки

выбора телеканала.

для

Если Вы забыли ИД номер :

Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ˝Ú‡Ô 1, ˜ÚÓ·˚ “ä‡Í ‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸

˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”. èÓÒÎÂ ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ àÑ

ÌÓÏÂ‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îﬂ

‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.

• ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ‡, ÍÓÚÓ‡ﬂ

‚ Ì‡ÒÚÓﬂ˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ Ú‡ÌÒÎËÛÂÚÒﬂ ÔÓ

‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÛ.

5 Нажмите синюю кнопку для

включения этой функции для

данного телеканала.

• ÑÎﬂ ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê

ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ˝Ú‡Ô “ä‡Í

‚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”.

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ

(àÑ çéåÖê) Ë ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.

Для отмены этой функции :

ëÌÓ‚‡ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.

(àÑ çéåÖê) ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ë ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Á·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.

6 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения установки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËË

‚Â˘‡ÌËﬂ, Ú.Â. ÂÒÎË ÓÌ ÌÂ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

‚ ÚÂ˜ÂÌËÂ ÓÍÓÎÓ 15 ÏËÌÛÚ.

ВКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

ВЫКЛ :

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó

ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÇàÑÖé.

VIDEO-3

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÛ˛

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ VIDEO-3, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛

ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ÂÏÛ ÓÚ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡,

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3, ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÛ. èË

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÌÂ

·Û‰ÂÚ.

ВИДЕО :

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚È

(ÔÓÎÌ˚È) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î.

КОМПОНЕНТHЫЙ :

Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î (Y/C /C ).

• èÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÔÓ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËﬂÏ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 36.

• Ñ‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

525P) ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔË ÔÓ‰‡˜Â Ì‡ ‚ıÓ‰

ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î‡.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

åÂÌ˛ HÄCTPéâäà

• ÑÎﬂ ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

2 После сохранения

телеканалов в списке номеров

программ появится меню

НАСТРОЙКА.

üáõä

åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ﬂÁ˚Í ÏÂÌ˛ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡

ﬂÁ˚ÍÓ‚.

1 Выберите ЯЗЫК и нажмите

кнопку MENU/OK.

DISP

2 Нажимайте кнопки

выбора языка.

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения установки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

для

• èÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸

ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË

çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ÌÂ ·˚Î

ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ,

Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 30.

ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÈ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Û‚ÂÂÌÌÓ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚ı

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂ‡ÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ. ÑÎﬂ

˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ.

• îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé èêéÉ. ÌÂ ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÂÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ Ì‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0

(AV).

1 Выберите АВТО ПРОГ. и

нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

ÇÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÄÇíé èêéÉ.

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÏ˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌﬂÚ¸Òﬂ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ

ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ÌÂ

ÌÛÊÌ‡, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK ‰Îﬂ

‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ИД :

çÄëíêéâäÄ/

Çêìóçìû

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ Â„ËÒÚËÛÂÚ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ (àÑ).

îÛÌÍˆËË çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‰ÂÎﬂÚÒﬂ Ì‡

‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡:

ВСТАВКА :

Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Ëı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ çÄëíêéâäÄ) Ë Û˜Ì‡ﬂ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËﬂ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ êìóçÄü).

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎﬂÂÚ ÌÓ‚˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Í

ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ ÒÔËÒÍÛ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÛÚÂÏ

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÌÓÏÂ‡ CH/CC.

УДАЛИТЬ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ Û‰‡ÎﬂÂÚ ÌÂÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

ВНИМАНИЕ

• Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ

ìèêÄÇã, ìÑÄãàíú ËÎË ÇëíÄÇäÄ

РУЧНАЯ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ Û˜ÌÛ˛

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÓ‚Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÔÓ‰

ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ÔÂÂÁ‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌËÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó

ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ

ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ ËÁÏÂÌﬂÚÒﬂ.

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения настройки.

• ÑÎﬂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ êR 0 ‚

ÒÔËÒÍÂ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ “AV”.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ·˚Î Á‡ÔÂÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÙÛÌÍˆËË êìóçÄü ‰Îﬂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ÓÚÏÂÌÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË àÑ çéåÖê.

• ÖÒÎË ‰Îﬂ ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ èê 99

ÛÊÂ Ì‡ÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ÇëíÄÇäÄ ÔË‚Â‰ÂÚ Í ÒÚË‡ÌË˛ ˝ÚÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

ФУНКЦИИ

УПРАВЛ

1 Нажимайте кнопки

выбора телеканала.

для

1 Выберите НАСТРОЙКА/

ВРУЧНУЮ и нажмите кнопку

MENU/OK.

2 Нажмите кнопку для

включения функции УПРАВЛ.

2 Используйте функцию

согласно ее описанию.

3 С помощью кнопок

выберите новый номер

программы.

УПРАВЛ :

ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ËÁÏÂÌﬂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

Для отмены функции УПРАВЛ :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

РУЧНАЯ

1 Нажимайте кнопки

4 Нажмите кнопку для

изменения номера программы

телеканала.

для

выбора номера программы,

под которым Вы хотите

зарегистрировать новый

телеканал.

ИД

1 Нажимайте кнопки

выбора телеканала.

для

2 Нажмите синюю кнопку для

включения функции РУЧНАЯ.

2 Нажмите красную кнопку для

включения функции ИД.

3 Введите название телеканала

(ИД).

ë Ô‡‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ÓÚ ÌÓÏÂ‡ CH/CC

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ëàëíÖåÄ (ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ) ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡.

Пользуйтесь кнопками

для выбора знаков.

Пользуйтесь кнопками

для перемещения курсора.

Для отмены функции РУЧНАЯ :

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

3 Нажимайте кнопку для

выбора телевещательной

системы (системы звукового

сопровождения) для

Для отмены функции ИД:

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

4 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для регистрации названия

телеканала.

регистрируемого телеканала.

• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ‰Îﬂ

‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı Â„ËÓÌÓ‚ Ë ÒÚ‡Ì ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌ˚

‚ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ “íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ

УДАЛИТЬ

ëàëíÖåõ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 12.

1 Нажимайте кнопки

выбора телеканала.

2 Нажмите желтую кнопку для

удаления телеканала.

для

4 Нажмите зеленую или красную

кнопку для поиска

телеканала.

ëÍ‡ÌËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒﬂ, ÍÓ„‰‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ. ùÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.

ä‡Ì‡Î ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒÍ‡ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚

ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

5 Нажимайте зеленую или

красную кнопку до тех пор,

пока не появится нужный

телеканал.

3 С помощью кнопок

выберите“CC” или “CH”

согласно номеру CH/CC

телеканала.

При плохом приеме телеканала :

ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÌÂÈ ËÎË ÊÂÎÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË

‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ ÚÓÌÍÛ˛ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ Ì‡ ˝ÚÓÚ

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î.

Для отмены функции ВСТАВКА :

ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.

4 С помощью кнопок с цифрами

введите оставшийся номер CH/

CC.

Если не удается получить нормальное

звуковое сопровождение даже при

нормальном изображении :

ùÚÓ ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÛ˛

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ ëàëíÖåA. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ëàëíÖåA Ò ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚Ï

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Ï ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂÏ.

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÒﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏ

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË. èÓ Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËË

Â„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.

• çÓÏÂ CH/CC ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ, Ì‡

ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚Â‰ÂÚÒﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·Ì‡ÛÊËÚ¸

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÌËﬂ, Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ

CH/CC, ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Á‡ÒÚ‡‚Í‡, ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡˛˘‡ﬂ

Ì‡ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ËÂ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡.

6 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для регистрации телеканала

под номером программы.

èÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ó·˚˜ÌÓÂ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.

ВСТАВКА

ПОДГОТОВКА

• ç‡È‰ËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ CH/CC,

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÌÓÏÂÛ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡, ‚

Ú‡·Î. Ì‡ ÒÚ. 33.

1 Нажимайте кнопки

для

выбора номера программы,

под которым регистрируется

новый телеканал.

2 Нажмите зеленую кнопку для

включения функции ВСТАВКА.

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Номер CH/CC

ÖÒÎË ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÇëíÄÇäÄ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ‡ﬂ Ì‡ ÒÚ. 32, Ì‡È‰ËÚÂ ÌÓÏÂ CH/CC,

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÛ, ÔÓ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ Ú‡·ÎËˆÂ.

US: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ëòÄ, Ì‡ îËÎËÔÔËÌ‡ı Ë Ú.‰.

CCIR: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı Ì‡ ÅÎËÊÌÂÏ ÇÓÒÚÓÍÂ, ‚ û„Ó-ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ ÄÁËË Ë Ú.‰.

OIRT: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ Ö‚ÓÔÂ, êÓÒÒËË, Ç¸ÂÚÌ‡ÏÂ Ë Ú.‰.

AUSTRALIA: çÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËË Ë Ú.‰.

ä‡Ì‡Î

CCIR

OIRT

AUSTRALIA

AU-0

AU-1

AU-2

AU-6

AU-7

AU-8

AU-9

CCIR

S-1

S-2

OIRT

AUSTRALIA

CH 02

CH 03

CH 04

CH 05

CH 06

CH 07

CH 08

CH 09

CH 10

CH 11

CH 12

CH 13

CH 14

CH 15

CH 16

CH 17

CH 18

CH 19

CH 20

CH 21

CH 22

CH 23

CH 24

CH 25

CH 26

CH 27

CH 28

CH 29

CH 30

CH 31

CH 32

CH 33

CH 34

CH 35

CH 36

CH 37

CH 38

CH 39

CH 40

CH 41

CH 42

CH 43

CH 44

CH 45

CH 46

CH 47

CH 48

CH 49

CH 50

CH 51

CH 52

CH 53

CH 54

CH 55

CH 56

CH 57

CH 58

CH 59

CH 60

CH 61

CH 62

CH 63

CH 64

CH 65

CH 66

CH 67

CH 68

CH 69

CH 70

US-2

CC 01

CC 02

CC 03

CC 04

CC 05

CC 06

CC 07

CC 08

CC 09

CC 10

CC 11

CC 12

CC 13

CC 14

CC 15

CC 16

CC 17

CC 18

CC 19

CC 20

CC 21

CC 22

CC 23

CC 24

CC 25

CC 26

CC 27

CC 28

CC 29

CC 30

CC 31

CC 32

CC 33

CC 34

CC 35

CC 36

CC 37

CC 38

CC 39

CC 40

CC 41

CC 42

CC 43

CC 44

CC 45

CC 46

CC 47

CC 48

CC 49

CC 50

CC 51

CC 52

CC 53

CC 54

CC 55

CC 56

CC 57

CC 58

CC 59

CC 60

CC 61

CC 62

CC 63

CC 64

CC 75

CC 76

CC 77

CC 78

CC 79

CC 95

CC 96

CC 97

CC 98

CC 99

AU-5

US-3

US-4

US-5

US-6

US-7

US-8

US-9

S-3

S-4

S-5

S-6

AU-5A

S-7

S-8

US-10

US-11

US-12

US-13

US-14

US-15

US-16

US-17

US-18

US-19

US-20

US-21

US-22

US-23

US-24

US-25

US-26

US-27

US-28

US-29

US-30

US-31

US-32

US-33

US-34

US-35

US-36

US-37

US-38

US-39

US-40

US-41

US-42

US-43

US-44

US-45

US-46

US-47

US-48

US-49

US-50

US-51

US-52

US-53

US-54

US-55

US-56

US-57

US-58

US-59

US-60

US-61

US-62

US-63

US-64

US-65

US-66

US-67

US-68

US-69

E10

E11

E12

R10

R11

R12

AU-10

AU-11

S-9

S-10

S-11

S-12

S-13

S-14

S-15

S-16

S-17

S-18

S-19

S-20

S-21

S-22

S-23

S-24

S-25

S-26

S-27

S-28

S-29

S-30

S-31

S-32

S-33

S-34

S-35

S-36

S-37

S-38

S-39

S-40

S-41

E21

E22

E23

E24

E25

E26

E27

E28

E29

E30

E31

E32

E33

E34

E35

E36

E37

E38

E39

E40

E41

E42

E43

E44

E45

E46

E47

E48

E49

E50

E51

E52

E53

E54

E55

E56

E57

E58

E59

E60

E61

E62

E63

E64

E65

E66

E67

E68

E69

W+1

W+2

W+3

W+4

W+5

W+6

W+7

W+8

W+9

W+10

W+11

W+12

W+13

W+14

W+15

W+16

W+17

W+18

W+19

W+20

W+21

W+22

W+23

W+24

W+25

W+26

W+27

W+28

Z+1

Z+2

AU-3

AU-4

A-5

A-4

A-3

A-2

A-1

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения настройки.

åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.

üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ

àÏÂÂÚÒﬂ 4 „ÛÔÔ˚ ﬂÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ

„ÛÔÔÛ, ÍÓÚÓ‡ﬂ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ﬂÁ˚ÍÛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸.

• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ „ÛÔÔ˚ ﬂÁ˚ÍÓ‚, ‚

ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÌÂÚ ﬂÁ˚Í‡ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òﬂ.

1 Выберите ЯЗЫКТЕЛЕТЕКСТА

и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.

2 Нажмите кнопки

выбора группы.

для

Группа

Языки

Турецкий, венгерский,

английский, немецкий,

французский, итальянский,

испанский, португальский,

греческий, шведский,

финский

ГPУППА-1

Польский, сербский,

хорватский, словенский,

чешский, словацкий,

румынский, венгерский,

немецкий, французский,

итальянский, шведский,

финский

ГPУППА-2

ГPУППА-3

Русский, болгарский,

латышский, литовский,

эстонский, украинский,

сербский, хорватский,

словенский, чешский,

словацкий, английский,

немецкий

Арабский, чешский,

словацкий, венгерский,

английский, немецкий,

французский,

итальянский, испанский,

португальский, шведский,

финский

ГPУППА-4

ä‡Í ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

åÂÌ˛ ÑÖåé

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÑÖåé Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı

ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Когда функция ДЕМО

установлена на ВКЛ :

ÔË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚÒﬂ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍ‡ﬂ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËﬂ.

ÖÒÎË ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËﬂ ÌÂ ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒﬂ,

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÑÖåé Ì‡ Çõäã.

1 Нажмите кнопку

выбора ВКЛ.

для

ÑÎﬂ ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÑÖåé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ

Çõäã.

2 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK

для завершения настройки.

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÑÖåé ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ, ‚

ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ Ì‡˜ÌÂÚÒﬂ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËﬂ.

Для отмены демонстрации:

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Î˛·Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ.

ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ПОДГОТОВКА

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

‚ÌÂ¯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌﬂÈÚÂ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ

ÒıÂÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËﬂ.

Перед выполнением любого

подсоединения :

• èÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó Í ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌﬂÂÏ˚Ï

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï. ëÔÓÒÓ· ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËﬂ

Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌ˚ı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ

·˚Ú¸ ÓÚÎË˜Ì˚Ï ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡, ÔÓÍ‡Á‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

Ì‡ ÒıÂÏÂ. äÓÏÂ ÚÓ„Ó, ‰Îﬂ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËﬂ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚÂ·Ó‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ

ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ‚

Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËﬂ.

• Ç˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ‚ÒÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒÎÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

• Ç ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “íÂıÌË˜ÂÒÍËÂ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Â” Ì‡ ÒÚ.

43 ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚÒﬂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËﬂ Ó Ô‡ÌÂÎﬂı

ÇàÑÖé. Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËﬂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ÌÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚

ÔË‚Â‰ÂÌÌ˚È ÌËÊÂ ÒÔËÒÓÍ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸

Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “íÂıÌË˜ÂÒÍËÂ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Â” ‰Îﬂ

‚˚·Ó‡ Ì‡Ë·ÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË

ÇàÑÖé.

• àÏÂÈÚÂ ‚‚Ë‰Û, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â

Í‡·ÂÎË ÌÂ ‚ıÓ‰ﬂÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË.

• èË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK,

Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚, ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU

LINK” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 38.

Çå (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

Çå (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

Çå ‰Îﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚Â

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚; Y/C^B/C^R

)

íÇ-Ë„‡ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

íÇ-Ë„‡ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ‡ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È ÒË„Ì‡Î)

ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ‡ (ÒË„Ì‡Î S-VIDEO; Y/C)

ÉÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚

ä‡·ÂÎ¸ AV COMPU LINK

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ

Подсоединение устройства

через панель VIDEO-3/

Способы подсоединения

1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO

телевизора с гнездом VIDEO

OUT (видеовыход) устройства

с помощью видеокабеля.

COMPONENT с помощью

видеокабеля

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó Y/VIDEO ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ë

„ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO OUT (‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ ÌÂ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ.

á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ VIDEO-3 Ì‡ ÇàÑÖé

ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “VIDEO-3” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 28.

Подсоединение устройства к

телевизору с помощью кабеля

S-VIDEO :

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ S-

VIDEO) ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ S

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎﬂ S-VIDEO, ‡ ÌÂ

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ.

àÏÂÈÚÂ ‚‚Ë‰Û, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÂÒÎË

ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå Ò ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ Í‡Í Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ, Ú‡Í Ë Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Í‡·ÂÎﬂ S-VIDEO.

• ç‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-4 „ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO

Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌÓ Í‡Í “V”.

2 Соединение аудиогнезд AUDIO

(L/MONO и R) телевизора и

гнезд AUDIO OUT (аудиовыход

L/R) с помощью аудиокабелей.

Если звуковой сигнал

устройства является

монофоническим :

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO OUT ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò

„ÌÂÁ‰ÓÏ L/MONO ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‡Û‰ËÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ.

Соединение DVD-плеера с

телевизором с помощью

компонентного видеокабеля

ëÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ ÚË „ÌÂÁ‰‡ (Y/VIDEO, C Ë C )

Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3 Ë COMPONENT (ÔÓÎÌ˚È

‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) „ÌÂÁ‰‡ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ ÌÂ

Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ.

• ç‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-4 „ÌÂÁ‰‡ AUDIO

(ÄìÑàé) Ó·ÓÁÌ‡˜ÂÌ˚ Í‡Í “R”.

Подсоединение устройств

к панели OUTPUT

á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ VIDEO-3 Ì‡

äéåèéçÖçíçõâ ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ

“VIDEO-3” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 28.

ëË„Ì‡Î˚ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È

ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ‚˚ıÓ‰ﬂÚ ËÁ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT. èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌË‚ Çå Í

Ô‡ÌÂÎË OUTPUT, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸

ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Â ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ.

ÑÎﬂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËﬂÏ.

• Ñ‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò

Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ (ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ

525P). (ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡ÂÚÒﬂ

ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ˚È ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î).

ÖÒÎË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰‡ÂÚ Progressive

‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚ (ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ 525P) ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚,

ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ

ÔÓÒÂ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎﬂ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎËÚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸

Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍË DVD ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO

панели OUTPUT с гнездом

VIDEO IN (видеовход)

видеомагнитофона при

помощи видеокабеля.

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ

2 Соедините гнезда AUDIO (L и

R) панели OUTPUT с гнездами

AUDIO IN (аудиовход L/R)

видеомагнитофона при

Примеры работы системы

дистанционного

управления AV COMPU

LINK

ç‡ÊËÏ‡ﬂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY ‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡

ËÎË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡Ú¸

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ì‡ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌÂÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.

помощи аудиокабеля.

• èË ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÔÂÍ‡˘‡˛ÚÒﬂ ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸

OUTPUT.

ÖÒÎË Á‡„ÛÁËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÔÎÂÌÍÛ (Ì‡

Í‡ÒÒÂÚÂ Ò Û‰‡ÎÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï ﬂÁ˚˜ÍÓÏ) ‚

Çå, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.

• äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚Â ÒË„Ì‡Î˚, ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ËÂ

˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3/ CéåPéNENT,

ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ ‚˚‚ÂÒÚË ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT.

ÇÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ Ë ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ

(Ì‡ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÈÒﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ) Ë

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ˚ ÇàÑÖé ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔËÂÏÌËÍ‡ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ Äë.

Подсоединение головных

телефонов

• ê‡·ÓÚ‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV COMPU LINK Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ëÏ.

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.

Подсоедините головные

телефоны со

стереофоническим

миништекером (диаметр 3,5 мм)

к гнезду головных телефонов

на передней панели

телевизора.

• èË ‚˚·ÓÂ “áÇìäéÇéÉé

ëéèêéÇéÜÑÖçàü íÇ” ‚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â

‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÔËÂÏÌËÍ‡ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV ÏÓÊÂÚ

‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË Ò‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ

ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Ú‡Í

˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒﬂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â

Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ VOLUME-/+ ËÎË

MUTING ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚÂ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛

ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ. Ç ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ Á‡Á‚Û˜‡Ú

ÒÌÓ‚‡.

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı

AV COMPU LINK

ëËÒÚÂÏ‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV

COMPU LINK Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ ÌÂÒÍÓÎ¸ÍËÏË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ÏË ÔË

‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ Ó‰ÌËÏ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ.

èËÏÂÌËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ, ‚ ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ. ÑÎﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡

ÏËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËﬂ ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÇàÑÖé ÌÂ

ÚÂ·ÛÂÚÒﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

Условия, при которых

можно использовать

систему дистанционного

управления AV COMPU

LINK

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ.

• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, ËÏÂ˛˘ÂÂ

‡Á˙ÂÏ AV COMPU LINK.

ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ

• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ë

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Í‡·ÂÎﬂ AV

COMPU LINK.

ä‡·ÂÎ¸ AV COMPU LINK ÌÂ ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚

ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË

Í‡·ÂÎﬂ AV COMPU LINK ÌÂÚ, ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ë ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

Í‡·ÂÎﬂ, Ì‡ Ó·ÓËı ÍÓÌˆ‡ı ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó

ËÏÂ˛ÚÒﬂ 3,5 ÏÏ (ÏÓÌÓ) ¯ÚÂÍÂ˚.

• èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 36.

2 Соедините гнездо AV COMPU

LINK телевизора с гнездом AV

COMPU LINK устройства с

помощью кабеля AV COMPU

LINK.

3 Измените настройку

устройства в соответствии с

панелью VIDEO, с которой оно

соединено.

• ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Í

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé Ë

Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸, ËÌ‡˜Â ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV COMPU

LINK ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸. ÅÓÎÂÂ

ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“ç‡ÒÚÓÈÍ‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV COMPU LINK”.

Если ВМ соединен с панелью

VIDEO-1 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

• íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚ¸Òﬂ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ

ÓÊË‰‡ÌËﬂ (ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER

‰ÓÎÊÂÌ „ÓÂÚ¸ Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï). ÖÒÎË

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ì‡ A.

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÓÚÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡

ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ (ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ „ÓËÚ), ÒËÒÚÂÏ‡

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ AV COMPU

LINK ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ.

Если DVD-плеер соединен с

панелью VIDEO-1 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-

ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ì‡ DVD2.

Если ВМ соединен с панелью

VIDEO-2 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ

Настройка системы

дистанционного

управления AV COMPU LINK

‚Ë‰ÂÓÏ‡„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ‡ Ì‡ B.

Если DVD-плеер соединен с

панелью VIDEO-2 :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-

ВНИМАНИЕ :

• ëÔÓÒÓ·˚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÓÚÎË˜‡˛ÚÒﬂ ÓÚ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

ÌËÊÂ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡. èÂÂ‰ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËÂÏ

Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ó·ﬂÁ‡ÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û.

ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ì‡ DVD3.

Если DVD-плеер соединен с

панелью VIDEO-3 с помощью

компонентного видеокабеля :

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-

ÔÎÂÂ‡ Ì‡ DVD1.

1 Подсоедините устройство к

панели VIDEO-1 или VIDEO-2

телевизора.

• àÌÒÚÛÍˆËË ÔÓ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË˛ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂÍ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÒÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı ÔÓ

ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.

При подсоединении DVD-

плеера к телевизору с

помощью компонентного

видеокабеля :

• ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌﬂÂÏÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂ

ËÏÂÂÚ ÌË ÍÓ‰‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

èÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ, ÌË ÂÊËÏ‡ AV COMPULINK,

ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-1.

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

Устранение неисправностей

ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÓÏ ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡ÂÚ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ‡, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ” ÔÂÂ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ó·‡˘‡Ú¸Òﬂ Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. ùÚ‡ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆËﬂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÏÓ˜¸ Ç‡Ï ‚

ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ·ÂÁ ÔÓÒÚÓÓÌÌÂÈ ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë. ÖÒÎË, Ì‡ÔËÏÂ, ‚ËÎÍ‡ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ

‚˚ÒÍÓ˜ËÎ‡ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË ËÎË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚Ì‡ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ‚ÔÂ˜‡ÚÎÂÌËÂ, ˜ÚÓ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

Внимание :

• Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ ‡ÒÒÏ‡ÚË‚‡˛ÚÒﬂ ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚, ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌÂÓ˜Â‚Ë‰Ì˚.

ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌË˛ Í‡ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ ÒÌ‡˜‡Î‡

ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡, ‡ ÌÂ ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”.

• ÖÒÎË ÌË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰‡ˆËÈ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”, ÌË Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËﬂ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ ÌÂ Û‰‡ÎÓÒ¸, ‚˚Ì¸ÚÂ

‚ËÎÍÛ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË Ë Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. çÂ Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸

ÓÚÂÏÓÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ò‡ÏÓÒÚÓﬂÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ, ÌÂ ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ Á‡‰Ì˛˛ Í˚¯ÍÛ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ

èÎÓıÓÂ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

• ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ‡ Ì‡ ÎË ‚ËÎÍ‡ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ ‚

ÓÁÂÚÍÛ?

• ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ·ÎÓÍËÛ˛Ú

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ (ÒÌÂ„) ÔË˜ËÌ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ

Á‡ÍÎ˛˜‡Ú¸Òﬂ ‚ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÏ Í‡·ÂÎÂ ËÎË

‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ. èÓ‚Â¸ÚÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ:

• ÉÓËÚ ÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER?

ÖÒÎË ÓÌ ÌÂ „ÓËÚ, Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎﬂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ.

è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓÂ‰ËÌÂÌ‡

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÛ?

çÂ ÔÓ‚ÂÊ‰ÂÌ ÎË Í‡·ÂÎ¸?

è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡?

çÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ/

çÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ‡

àÒÔ‡‚Ì‡ ÎË Ò‡Ï‡ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ‡?

• çÂ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÎË ÒË„Ì‡Î ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ÒÎ‡·˚Ï? Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ ëàçàâ

îéç – ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ, Á‚ÛÍ

ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒﬂ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚ÒÂ ÊÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ

ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË “ëàçàâ îéç” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 26 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ

ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Ì‡ Çõäã.

• ÖÒÎË ‚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÂ ËÎË ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ

Ì‡‚Ó‰ﬂÚÒﬂ ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,

Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚ¸Òﬂ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ ËÎË

‰Û„ËÂ ÔÓÏÂıË. ì‰‡ÎËÚÂ Ú‡ÍËÂ

ÔÓÏÂıÓ„ÂÌÂËÛ˛˘ËÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Í‡Í

ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎË, ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂ˚, ÙÂÌ˚, ÓÚ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ ‰Û„ÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ. ÖÒÎË ‚

‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ Ì‡‚Ó‰ﬂÚÒﬂ ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ

• è‡‚ËÎ¸Ì˚ ÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰Îﬂ ëàëíÖåõ

áÇìäÄ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡? èÓ˜ÚËÚÂ

ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ SOUND SYSTEM” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 12 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸

ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ.

‡‰ËÓÏ‡˜Ú˚ ËÎË ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ‚ÓÎ¸ÚÌ˚ı ÎËÌËÈ,

Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÔËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ ÒË„Ì‡Î,

ÓÚ‡ÊÂÌÌ˚È ÓÚ „Ó ËÎË Á‰‡ÌËÈ,

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‰‚ÓËÚ¸Òﬂ.

èÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÓËÂÌÚ‡ˆË˛

‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ËÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÂ ÌÓ‚ÓÈ,

Ó·Î‡‰‡˛˘ÂÈ ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸˛.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ

• ÑÂÎ‡ÈÚÂ ÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ëàëíÖåÄ

ñÇÖíçéëíà ‰Îﬂ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡

Ô‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ?ÑÎﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËﬂ ˝ÚÓÈ

ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “äÌÓÔÍ‡ COLOUR SYSTEM” Ì‡

ÒÚ. 11.

íÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ

• çÂ ÔÓ‡ ÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛÎ¸ÚÂ

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ?

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÌÓ‚˚Â ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ÒÓ„Î‡ÒÌÓ

ËÌÒÚÛÍˆËﬂÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 4.

• è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ñÇÖí Ë

üêäé? ÑÎﬂ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ

ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 20.

• çÂ Ô˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛÎ¸Ú

‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ,

• á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ Çå ÌÂ

ÂÍÓÏÂÌ‰ÛÂÚÒﬂ, Ú.Í. ÓÌ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Òﬂ

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ.

Ì‡ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÈÒﬂ ÒÁ‡‰Ë ËÎË Ò·ÓÍÛ ËÎË Ì‡

‡ÒÒÚÓﬂÌËË ·ÓÎÂÂ 7 Ï ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡?

ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚÂ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó

ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ÒÔÂÂ‰Ë ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Ì‡

‡ÒÒÚÓﬂÌËË ÌÂ ·ÓÎÂÂ 7 Ï ÓÚ ÌÂ„Ó.

• üÍËÂ ·ÂÎ˚Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ (Ì‡ÔËÏÂ,

·ÂÎÓÂ ÔÎ‡Ú¸Â) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚„Îﬂ‰ÂÚ¸ Ì‡

˝Í‡ÌÂ Í‡Í ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚Â.

ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓÂ ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ,

Ò‚ﬂÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚﬂÏË ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡,

ÓÌÓ ÌÂ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.

çÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Â ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ ÔË

ÛıÓ‰Â Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ﬂÍÓ„Ó ·ÂÎÓ„Ó

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÏÂÌ˛ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ

ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îﬂ ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ Ò

ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ Ì‡ Ó·˚˜ÌÛ˛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ Ë

ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚÂ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛.

• çÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ ÎË áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ? ÖÒÎË

ÙÛÌÍˆËﬂ áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ‡

Ì‡ Çäã, ÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÔÂÂ‰ÌËÏË

ÍÌÓÔÍ‡ÏË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂÎ¸Áﬂ.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ Ì‡ Çõäã,

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛﬂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 26.

• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò

ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ËÏÂ˛˘ËıÒﬂ ‚

ÔÓ‰‡ÊÂ Ô‡ÍÂÚÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó

Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËﬂ ‰Îﬂ ‚Ë‰ÂÓ ËÎË

ÌÂÔ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ Ò‰ÂÎ‡ÌÌ˚ı ‚Ë‰ÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ

‚ÂıÌﬂﬂ ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÓÊÂÚ

ËÏÂÚ¸ ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ÔÂÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ

ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ. á‡ÚÂÏ Â˘Â ‡Á Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ

‰Îﬂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ. ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ

Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ÔÓÒÎÂ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.

ùÚÓ Ò‚ﬂÁ‡ÌÓ Ò ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ, ‡ ÌÂ Ò

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡.

èÎÓıÓÂ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó

Á‚ÛÍ‡

• èË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚

(ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ 525P) ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË ÌÂ

‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú;

èÛÎ¸Ú‡ ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ:

ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE Ë ÍÌÓÔÍ‡

STROÇE.

îÛÌÍˆËË åÖçû:

óÖíäé, ñÇ. íéç, ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò,

Digipure Ë ZOOM.

• è‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ ÎË ÓÚÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ÅÄë Ë

íÖåÅê? ÖÒÎË ÌÂÚ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ

Â„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛﬂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “êÂ„ÛÎËÓ‚Í‡ Á‚ÛÍ‡” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 24.

• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏÂ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ ÏÓ„ÛÚ

‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡Ú¸ ÚÛ‰ÌÓÒÚË Ò ÔÓÒÎÛ¯Ë‚‡ÌËÂÏ

ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ËÎË ‰‚ÛﬂÁ˚˜ÌÓ„Ó

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ

ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛﬂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚

‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “CTEPEO / I • II” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 24,

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ

• èË ÔËÍÓÒÌÓ‚ÂÌËË Í ˝Í‡ÌÛ

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó˘Û˘‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÎÂ„ÍËÈ

˝ÎÂÍÚË˜ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áﬂ‰ ÒÚ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó

˝ÎÂÍÚË˜ÂÒÚ‚‡. ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓÂ

ﬂ‚ÎÂÌËÂ, Ò‚ﬂÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ

ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡, ÓÌÓ ÌÂ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ

ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. í‡ÍÓÈ ÒÚ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍËÈ

‡Áﬂ‰ ÌÂ ÔË˜ËÌﬂÂÚ ‚Â‰‡ Ó„‡ÌËÁÏÛ

˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍ‡.

ÑÛ„ËÂ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚

• èË ‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌÍˆËË íÄâåÖê

ÇõäãûóÖçàü ËÎË ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ

‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜ËÎÒﬂ,

Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ POWER ‰Îﬂ Â„Ó

‚ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËﬂ. ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸ÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.

• ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔË ÔÓ‰ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËË

Ì‡Û¯ÌËÍÓ‚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ

íÇ ÌÂ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Î, ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÛ TV

ÉêéåäéÉéÇéê. ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄ ìôç àäà Ì‡

Çõäã. èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚Â Ò‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰

Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “çÄ ìôç àäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.

• ÖÒÎË ‚·ÎËÁË ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÓÍ‡ÊÂÚÒﬂ

Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, Ú‡ÍÓÂ Í‡Í

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎ¸, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË

ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ËÎË ‚ Û„Î‡ı

˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ËÒÍ‡ÊÂÌËÂ

ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚. ì‰‡ÎËÚÂ Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓÂ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó

ÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡˛Ú

ÓÚ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ, ÔÂÂÈ‰ËÚÂ Ì‡

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ ˝Í‡ÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı

„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ.

• àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËﬂÌËﬂ Ï‡„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎﬂ áÂÏÎË

ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ÔÂÂÍÓÒ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ. ÑÎﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËﬂ ÔÂÂÍÓÒ‡

ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÛÈÚÂ ËÌÙÓÏ‡ˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ

“PICTURE TILT” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 23.

• èË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË Ú‡ÍËı ÓÔÂ‡ˆËÈ Í‡Í

ÔÂÂÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ Ò ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î‡ Ì‡

ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î ‚ÓÁÌËÍ‡ÂÚ Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌ˚È

ÔÂÂ˚‚ ‚ ÔÂÂ‰‡˜Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ. ùÚÓ

ÌÂ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. ùÚÓÚ

ÔÂÂ˚‚ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ ‰Îﬂ ÒÚ‡·ËÎËÁ‡ˆËË

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

• èË ÂÁÍÓÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ˚

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸

ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËÂ ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ

ÌÓÏ‡Î¸Ì˚, ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ. ÖÒÎË

ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ

ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ, ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ ‰Û„ËÂ

ÔË˜ËÌ˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ﬂ‚ÎÂÌËﬂ – Ì‡ ‚ÒﬂÍËÈ

ÒÎÛ˜‡È ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÔÓÒËÚ¸ Ï‡ÒÚÂ‡

ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ.

Технические данные

íÂÎÂ‚Â˘‡ÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚:

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË:

ä‡Ì‡Î˚ Ë ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4,43 MHz

ä‡Ì‡Î ÌËÁÍÓÈ VHF (VL) = 46,25 - 168,25 Éˆ

ä‡Ì‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ VHF (VH) = 175,25 - 463,25 Éˆ

ä‡Ì‡Î UHF (U)

= 471,25 - 863,25 Éˆ

èËÌËÏ‡ÂÚ Í‡·ÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î˚ ‚ ÒÂ‰ÌÂÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ

(X - Z + 2, S1 - S10), ÒÛÔÂ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ (S11 - S20) Ë „ËÔÂ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ

(S21 - S41).

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÛÎ¸ÚËÔÎÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó

Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ

ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

üÁ˚ÍË ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡

èËÚ‡ÌËÂ

A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K)

FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)

ëÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ “üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 34.

èÂ. ÚÓÍ 110 - 240 Ç, 50/60 Éˆ

ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-1

çÓÏËÌ‡Î¸Ì‡ﬂ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì‡ﬂ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸: 20 ÇÚ + 20 ÇÚ

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-2

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-3/COMPONENT ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 5

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰/ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È ‚Ë‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (Y/C‚/C^R) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.

• ç‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡˛ÚÒﬂ Progressive ‚Ë‰ÂÓÒË„Ì‡Î˚ (ÒË„Ì‡Î˚ 525P).

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.

ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3,

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ VIDEO-4

è‡ÌÂÎ¸ OUTPUT

• ÇË‰ÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.

ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌË˜ÂÒÍÓÂ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ 3,5 ÏÏ)

ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂÎ¸Ì˚Â ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ X 1 (RM-C214)

Å‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË AA/R6 X 2

ÉÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË

HV-L34PRO: (12 x 3,5 ÒÏ), Ó‚‡Î¸Ì˚È, x2;

HV-L29PRO: (10 x 3,5 ÒÏ), Ó‚‡Î¸Ì˚È, x2

HV-L34PRO: å‡ÍÒËÏ‡Î¸Ì‡ﬂ 255 ÇÚ, ÒÂ‰Ìﬂﬂ 170 ÇÚ

HV-L29PRO: å‡ÍÒËÏ‡Î¸Ì‡ﬂ 254 ÇÚ, ÒÂ‰Ìﬂﬂ 170 ÇÚ

HV-L34PRO: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 87ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ 80 ÒÏ

HV-L29PRO: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 73ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏÂ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ 68 ÒÏ

HV-L34PRO: 898 ÏÏ X 728 ÏÏ X 579 ÏÏ

HV-L29PRO: 732 ÏÏ X 588 ÏÏ X 518 ÏÏ

HV-L34PRO: 75 Í„

èÓÚÂ·ÎﬂÂÏ‡ﬂ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸

ê‡ÁÏÂ ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡

(ÔÓ ‰Ë‡„ÓÌ‡ÎË)

É‡·‡ËÚ˚ (Ñ X Ç X ò)

ÇÂÒ

HV-L29PRO: 48 Í„

Конструкция и технические данные могут быть изменены без

уведомления.

àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ, ÔÓÎÛ˜‡ÂÏ˚Â Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ ‚ ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡ÚÂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡ÌËﬂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÈ ZOOM

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ‡, Á‡ÔÂ˘‡ÂÚÒﬂ ËÒÔÓÎ¸ÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îﬂ Í‡ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÍÓÏÏÂ˜ÂÒÍËı ËÎË

‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚ı ˆÂÎÂÈ ‚ Ó·˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı (Í‡ÙÂ, „ÓÒÚËÌËˆ‡ı Ë Ú.Ô.) ·ÂÁ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËﬂ

ÔÂ‰‚‡ËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ„Ó ÒÓ„Î‡ÒËﬂ ÓÚ ‚Î‡‰ÂÎ¸ˆÂ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚ Ì‡ ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚È ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ

ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËﬂ.

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

Intel MI935 User Manual
Keating Of Chicago Top Side Cooker 028951 User Manual
Kompernass KH 6500 User Manual
LG Electronics 30FZ4D User Manual
Life is good Life is Good Computer Monitor E2251T User Manual
Maytag MGC7536W User Manual
Memorex MT2251 User Manual
Philips 21PT6546 User Manual
Philips 28CE6590 User Manual
Philips DVP3510 User Manual